424B5 1 d424b5.htm PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(B)(5) Prospectus Supplement Filed Pursuant To Rule 424(b)(5)
Table of Contents

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-156955

 

This prospectus supplement relates to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, but is not complete and may be changed. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 25, 2010

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED FEBRUARY 12, 2009

LOGO

$200,000,000

The PMI Group, Inc.

    % Convertible Senior Notes due 2020

 

 

We are offering $200,000,000 principal amount of our     % Convertible Senior Notes due 2020. The notes will bear interest at a rate of     % per year, payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2010. The notes will mature on April 15, 2020.

Holders may convert their notes at their option prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020 only under the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after June 30, 2010 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day; (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “measurement period”) in which the trading price (as defined below) per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of that measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate on such trading day; (3) if we call the notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date; or (4) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On or after January 15, 2020 until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, as described in this prospectus supplement.

The conversion rate will initially be              shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $             per share of common stock). The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment in some events but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date, we will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its notes in connection with such a corporate event in certain circumstances.

At any time on or after April 15, 2015, we may redeem all or part of the notes for cash, but only if the last reported sale price of our common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date we provide notice of redemption exceeds 130% of the conversion price in effect on each such trading day. The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, plus a “make-whole premium” payment (as defined in this prospectus supplement). We must make the make-whole premium payments on all notes called for redemption prior to April 15, 2020, including notes converted after the date we provide the notice of redemption.

If we undergo a fundamental change, holders may require us to repurchase their notes in whole or in part for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; equal in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated; junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including liabilities to policyholders) incurred by our subsidiaries.

Concurrently with this offering, we are offering              shares of our common stock (or a total of              shares if the underwriters in that offering exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in an underwritten offering pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement. This offering is contingent upon the common stock offering and the common stock offering is contingent upon this offering.

The notes will not be listed on any securities exchange. Our common stock is listed on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PMI.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange on April 23, 2010 was $6.63 per share.

Investing in our notes involves risks. Please read “Supplemental Risk Factors” beginning on page S-12 of this prospectus supplement.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the notes or determined if this prospectus supplement or the prospectus to which it relates is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

      

Per Note

    

Total

Price to Public

    

$            

    

$

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

    

$

    

$

Proceeds to The PMI Group, Inc.

    

$

    

$

The public offering price set forth above does not include accrued interest, if any. Interest on the notes will accrue from April     , 2010.

 

 

The underwriters will have a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional $30,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes to cover over-allotments, if any. Delivery of the notes to investors in book-entry form only through the Depository Trust Company will be made on or about                     , 2010.

 

 

Credit Suisse   BofA Merrill Lynch

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC

The date of this prospectus supplement is April     , 2010


Table of Contents

LIMITATIONS ON OWNERSHIP OF OUR VOTING SECURITIES

The PMI Group, Inc. owns directly, or otherwise controls, insurance companies domiciled in Arizona, New York and Wisconsin. Under Arizona, Wisconsin and New York law, no person may acquire control of The PMI Group, Inc. and thereby acquire indirect control of its insurance subsidiaries or other controlled insurance companies unless applicable regulatory requirements, which may include the requirement to file applications with, or obtain approvals from, the relevant insurance regulators, are satisfied. With respect to Arizona, the direct or indirect ownership of, or possession with the power to vote, 10% or more of an Arizona-domiciled insurance company’s voting securities is presumed to confer control of the insurance company, unless the presumption is rebutted by the filing of a disclaimer of control with the Arizona director of insurance and the disclaimer is not subsequently disallowed by the director. Arizona law defines voting securities to include securities convertible into or otherwise evidencing the right to acquire securities including the right to vote. Under Wisconsin law, ownership of more than 10% of voting securities raises a rebuttable presumption of control. Pursuant to Wisconsin law, voting securities include securities convertible into or evidencing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. Under New York law, no person may acquire control of The PMI Group, Inc. and thereby acquire indirect control of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, an insurance company domiciled in New York that The PMI Group, Inc. controls, unless applicable regulatory requirements, which may include the requirement to file an application with and obtain approval from, the New York superintendent of insurance, are satisfied. For this purpose, the ownership of 10% or more of The PMI Group, Inc.’s voting securities is presumed to confer control unless the New York superintendent determines, upon application, that control does not exist. Under New York law, voting securities include securities convertible into or otherwise representing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. For purposes of these state statutes and regulations, direct and indirect ownership of those insurance subsidiaries or controlled insurance companies by entities under common control may be aggregated to determine whether control is presumed to exist at the level of the person controlling the commonly controlled entities. Accordingly, any investor in The PMI Group, Inc. that may, through the aggregation of its direct voting interest in The PMI Group, Inc.’s common stock together with its ownership of or possession of the power to vote voting securities of The PMI Group, Inc. or any of The PMI Group, Inc.’s controlled affiliates, ultimately own or hold with the power to vote 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company subsidiary or controlled insurance company affiliate of The PMI Group, Inc. should consult with its legal advisors to ensure that it complies with applicable requirements of Arizona, New York and Wisconsin law.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

    Page

About This Prospectus Supplement

  S-1

Prospectus Supplement Summary

  S-2

Supplemental Risk Factors

  S-12

Forward-Looking Information

  S-41

Use of Proceeds.

  S-42

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

  S-43

Capitalization

  S-44

Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy

  S-46

Concurrent Common Stock Offering

  S-47

Description of the Notes

  S-48

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

  S-77

Certain ERISA Considerations

  S-85

Underwriting

  S-86

Validity of Securities

  S-90

Experts

  S-90

Additional Information

  S-91

PROSPECTUS

 

    Page

About This Prospectus

  1

Risk Factors

  1

Forward-Looking Information

  2

About the PMI Group, Inc.

  2

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

  2

Use of Proceeds

  3

Description of Debt Securities We May Offer

  4

Description of Preferred Stock We May Offer

  16

Description of Common Stock We May Offer

  19

Description of Depositary Shares We May Offer

  21

Description of Warrants We May Offer

  24

Description of Stock Purchase Contracts We May Offer

  27

Description of Units We May Offer

  28

Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance

  31

Plan of Distribution

  33

Where You Can Find More Information

  35

Validity of the Securities

  36

Experts

  36

 

S-i


Table of Contents

About This Prospectus Supplement

You should read this prospectus supplement along with the accompanying prospectus. The information contained in this prospectus supplement supplements and supersedes any inconsistent information contained in the accompanying prospectus.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus constitute an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus is current only as of the respective dates of such documents.

Information contained on our web site does not constitute part of this prospectus supplement.

The PMI Group, Inc., our logo and other trademarks mentioned in this prospectus supplement are the property of their respective owners.

 

S-1


Table of Contents

Prospectus Supplement Summary

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into the accompanying prospectus. You should carefully consider the information set forth under “Supplemental Risk Factors” in this prospectus supplement and under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and “Part II. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “The PMI Group”, “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our” refer to The PMI Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The PMI Group, Inc.

Through our subsidiary, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“MIC”), and its affiliated companies (collectively “PMI”), we provide residential mortgage insurance in the United States. Mortgage insurance provides loss protection to mortgage lenders and investors in the event of borrower default. By protecting lenders and investors from credit losses, we help to ensure that mortgages are available to prospective U.S. homebuyers.

We divide our business into three segments—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations, International Operations and Corporate and Other:

U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations. As a U.S. residential mortgage insurer, PMI offers a variety of mortgage insurance products to meet the capital and credit risk mitigation needs of its customers. PMI also owns 50% of CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (“CMG MI”), a joint venture that provides mortgage insurance exclusively to credit unions.

International Operations. Our International Operations segment consists of our European and Canadian subsidiaries (“PMI Europe” and “PMI Canada”), neither of which is writing new business. PMI Europe offered mortgage insurance and mortgage credit enhancement products tailored primarily to the European mortgage markets, through 2008. PMI Canada offered residential mortgage insurance products in Canada from 2007 to 2008. Our International Operations segment also consists of the discontinued operations of our former Australian and Asian mortgage insurance subsidiaries, which we sold in 2008. Our International Operations segment did not generate significant revenues in 2009. In connection with our sale of PMI Australia, we received a note from QBE in the principal amount of approximately $187 million, with interest accruing through September 2011, when it matures. The note, which we refer to as the QBE Note, is payable by QBE. Other than revenues from the amounts due on the QBE Note in 2011, we do not expect that our International Operations segment will generate significant revenues in the future.

Corporate and Other. Our Corporate and Other segment consists of corporate debt and expenses of our holding company, The PMI Group, Inc. (“The PMI Group” or “TPG”), equity in earnings or losses from investments in certain limited partnerships and our discontinued contract underwriting operations. This segment also includes our investment in FGIC Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) and our former investment in RAM Holdings Ltd., the holding company of RAM Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (collectively, “RAM Re”), a financial guaranty reinsurance company based in Bermuda, which we sold in the fourth quarter of 2009. FGIC is a financial guarantor and has ceased writing new business. In 2008, we reduced the carrying value of our investment in FGIC to zero.

As of March 31, 2010, our consolidated total assets were $4.6 billion, including our investment portfolio of $2.3 billion and total cash and cash equivalents of $0.9 billion. Our consolidated shareholders’ equity was $0.6 billion as of March 31, 2010.

We were incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1993, our principal executive offices are located at 3003 Oak Road, Walnut Creek, California 94597-2098, and our telephone number is (925) 658-7878.

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table presents our consolidated financial and operating data. The information set forth below should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement. The consolidated statements of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

The consolidated financial data set forth below as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, that are necessary for a fair presentation of our consolidated financial position at those dates and results of operations for those periods. The historical financial information may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

    As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006   2005

Summary of Consolidated Operations (in thousands)

             

Net premiums written

  $ 160,076      $ 184,846      $ 678,058      $ 768,895      $ 813,922      $ 672,871   $ 693,807
                                                   

Premiums earned

  $ 161,565      $ 188,094      $ 716,841      $ 786,159      $ 815,440      $ 709,532   $ 693,821

Net investment income

    26,688        34,605        119,166        138,377        132,552        137,794     132,584

Net realized investment gains (losses)

    7,433        (6,051     37,471        (139,210     (24,639     318     1,864

Change in fair value of certain debt instruments

    (40,813     18,476        16,522        123,595        —          —       —  

Other income (loss)

    1,724        9,940        33,909        (1,134     (168     20,700     20,813
                                                   

Total revenue

    156,597        245,064        923,909        907,787        923,185        868,344     849,082
                                                   

Losses and loss adjustment expenses

    350,825        382,947        1,756,755        1,899,264        1,122,898        266,273     255,283

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

    3,876        3,345        17,781        18,285        87,683        53,124     61,539

Other underwriting and operating expenses

    33,859        40,021        155,211        229,522        192,917        208,787     183,515

Interest expense

    9,523        11,852        43,013        30,068        33,391        35,091     31,129
                                                   

Total losses and expenses

    398,083        438,165        1,972,760        2,177,139        1,436,889        563,275     531,466
                                                   

(Loss) income before equity in (losses) earnings from unconsolidated subsidiaries and income taxes

    (241,486     (193,101     (1,048,851     (1,269,352     (513,704     305,069     317,616

Equity in (losses) earnings from unconsolidated subsidiaries

    (4,410     (2,446     (12,019     (51,802     (741,500     127,309     97,885
                                                   

(Losses) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (245,896     (195,547     (1,060,870     (1,321,154     (1,255,204     432,378     415,501

Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations

    (88,909     (80,286     (406,879     (433,966     (246,522     102,616     94,808
                                                   

(Loss) income from continuing operations after income taxes

    (156,987     (115,261     (653,991     (887,188     (1,008,682     329,762     320,693
             

 

 

S-3


Table of Contents
    As of and for the
Three Months Ended
March 31,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

    —          (30 )       (5,335     (41,320     93,356        89,889        88,476   
                                                       

Net (loss) income

  $ (156,987   $ (115,291   $ (659,326   $ (928,508   $ (915,326   $ 419,651      $ 409,169   
                                                       

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

    (36.2 )%      (41.1 )%      (38.4 )%      (32.8 )%      (19.6 )%      23.7     22.8

U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operating Ratios

             

Loss ratio1

    218.6     204.6     246.6     237.7     136.9     38.2     38.1

Expense ratio2

    21.3     19.8     20.9     18.5     22.5     23.2     24.4
                                                       

Combined ratio

    239.9     224.4     267.5     256.2     159.4     61.4     62.5
                                                       

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands)

             

Total assets

  $ 4,611,066      $ 4,895,925      $ 4,638,479      $ 4,824,399      $ 5,070,440      $ 5,317,555      $ 5,254,136   

Reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses

  $ 3,290,593      $ 2,915,862      $ 3,250,100      $ 2,709,286      $ 1,177,309      $ 384,089      $ 360,360   

Long-term debt

  $ 424,570        457,054      $ 389,991      $ 481,764      $ 496,593      $ 496,593      $ 819,529   

Shareholders’ equity

  $ 577,427      $ 1,163,013      $ 727,087      $ 1,278,225      $ 2,512,962      $ 3,568,590      $ 3,230,790   

Return on equity3

    (24.3 )%      (9.4 )%      (62.6 )%      (48.6 )%      (25.7 )%      12.7     12.7

Shares Outstanding (in thousands)4

             

Basic at year end

    83,006       82,147       82,580        81,688        81,120        86,747        88,713   

Basic weighted-average

    82,776       81,895       82,317        81,423        84,645        86,478        91,738   

Diluted weighted-average

    82,776       81,895       82,317        81,423        84,645        92,866        101,620   

Per Share Data4

             

Book value

  $ 6.96     $ 14.16     $ 8.80      $ 15.65      $ 30.98      $ 41.14      $ 36.42   

Basic net (loss) income

  $ (1.90 )   $ (1.41 )   $ (8.01   $ (11.40   $ (10.81   $ 4.85      $ 4.46   

Diluted net (loss) income

  $ (1.90 )   $ (1.41 )   $ (8.01   $ (11.40   $ (10.81   $ 4.57      $ 4.10   

Cash dividends declared

    —          —          —        $ 0.03      $ 0.21      $ 0.21      $ 0.20   

U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations Operating and Statutory Data

             

Primary new insurance written (in millions)

  $ 964     $ 4,848     $ 8,994      $ 22,639      $ 46,133      $ 32,234      $ 35,934   

New insured primary loans

    4,462        21,915       41,440        107,455        234,942        174,432        205,431   

Primary insurance in force (in millions)

  $ 110,270     $ 123,897     $ 113,694      $ 124,265      $ 123,623      $ 102,635      $ 101,090   

Primary risk in force (in millions)

  $ 26,957     $ 30,366     $ 27,794      $ 30,605      $ 30,967      $ 25,711      $ 24,971   

Insured primary loans

    683,888       768,441       705,417        775,841        797,419        720,347        743,533   

Persistency

    84.9 %     82.5 %     84.3     82.2     75.5     69.6     61.9

Primary default rate

    21.53 %     15.29 %     21.40     14.12     7.93     5.55     5.74

Statutory capital (in thousands)5

  $ 600,055      $ 1,148,736     $ 753,356      $ 1,353,261      $ 2,554,140      $ 2,922,621      $ 2,838,778   

Statutory risk-to-capital ratio5

    26.6:1       18.7:1       22.1:1        16.6:1        10.8:1        8.1:1        8.2:1   

 

 

S-4


Table of Contents

 

1  

The loss ratio is expressed as a ratio of losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) from continuing operations to premiums earned from continuing operations.

 

2  

The expense ratio is expressed as a ratio of the sum of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and other underwriting and operating expenses from continuing operations to net premiums written from continuing operations.

 

3  

Return on equity is calculated using an average of the ending balances of shareholders’ equity for the respective periods.

 

4  

Share data has been split-adjusted. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 260 Earnings Per Share, diluted earnings per share data have been retroactively adjusted, from 2005 until the fourth quarter of 2006 at which point the contingent convertible debentures were called, to reflect the dilutive effects of these instruments issued by The PMI Group in 2001.

 

5  

Statutory data is based on PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. information only. Statutory capital includes policyholders’ surplus and contingency reserves. Statutory capital as of March 31, 2010 is preliminary.

 

 

S-5


Table of Contents

The Offering

The summary below describes the principal terms of the notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of Notes” section of this prospectus supplement contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the notes. As used in this section, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to The PMI Group, Inc. and not to its current or future consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Issuer

The PMI Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Securities

$200,000,000 principal amount of     % Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (plus up to an additional $30,000,000 principal amount pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes).

 

Maturity

April 15, 2020, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted.

 

Issue price

100% plus accrued interest, if any, from April     , 2010.

 

Interest

    % per year. Interest will accrue from April     , 2010 and will be payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2010.

 

Redemption

We may not redeem the notes prior to April 15, 2015. On or after April 15, 2015 and prior to the maturity date, we may redeem for cash all or part of the outstanding notes, but only if the last reported sale price of our common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date we provide the notice of redemption to holders exceeds 130% of the conversion price in effect on each such trading day. The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, payable in cash, plus a “make-whole premium” payment or delivery, as the case may be, in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, equal to the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of interest on the notes to be redeemed through April 15, 2020 (excluding interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date). The present values of the remaining interest payments will be computed using a discount rate equal to     %.

If we elect to pay some or all of the make-whole premium in shares of our common stock, then the number of shares of common stock a holder will receive will be that number of shares that have a value equal to the amount of the make-whole premium payment to be paid to such holder in shares, divided by the product of (1) the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the five-trading day period ending on, and including, the third trading day immediately preceding the redemption date and (2) 97.5%.

We must make these make-whole premium payments on all notes called for redemption prior to April 15, 2020, including notes

 

 

S-6


Table of Contents
 

converted after the date we provide the notice of redemption but prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date. We will give written notice of redemption not less than 35 scheduled trading days nor more than 60 calendar days before the redemption date to the trustee, the paying agent and each holder of notes.

 

Conversion rights

Holders may convert their notes prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder only under the following circumstances:

 

   

during any calendar quarter commencing after June 30, 2010 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day;

 

   

during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” (as defined under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition”) per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each trading day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate on such trading day;

 

   

if we call the notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date; or

 

   

upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Events.”

On or after January 15, 2020 until the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their notes, in multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at the option of the holder, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

The conversion rate for the notes is initially             shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes (equal to a conversion price of approximately $             per share of common stock), subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus supplement.

Upon conversion, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election. If we satisfy our conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, the amount of cash and shares of common stock, if any, due upon

 

 

S-7


Table of Contents
 

conversion will be based on a daily conversion value (as described herein) calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 trading day cash settlement averaging period (as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion”). See “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion.”

In addition, following certain corporate events that occur prior to maturity, we will increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its notes in connection with such a corporate event in certain circumstances as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change.”

A holder will not receive any additional cash payment or additional shares representing accrued and unpaid interest, if any, upon conversion of a note, except in limited circumstances. Instead, interest will be deemed to be paid by the cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock paid or delivered, as the case may be, to a holder upon conversion of a note.

 

Fundamental change

If we undergo a “fundamental change” (as defined in this prospectus supplement under “Description of Notes—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes”), subject to certain conditions, a holder will have the option to require us to repurchase all or any portion of its notes for cash. The fundamental change repurchase price will be 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

 

Ranking

The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank:

 

   

senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes;

 

   

equal in right of payment to our existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not so subordinated;

 

   

junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and

 

   

structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including liabilities to policyholders) incurred by our subsidiaries.

As of March 31, 2010, our total consolidated indebtedness was $424.6 million, of which an aggregate of $124.8 million was secured indebtedness of ours and none of which was indebtedness of our subsidiaries. After giving effect to the issuance of the notes (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes) and our concurrent common stock offering described below and the use of proceeds from both offerings, our total consolidated indebtedness would have been $             million.

 

 

S-8


Table of Contents

The indenture governing the notes does not limit the amount of debt that we or our subsidiaries may incur.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million ($             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional notes in full), after deducting fees and estimated expenses. Pursuant to the terms of our credit facility, we will use $75 million of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering and our concurrent common stock offering to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility. We expect to use $35 million to $40 million of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering and our concurrent common stock offering for working capital and general corporate purposes for The PMI Group, Inc. We expect to contribute the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent common stock offering to MIC, with an amount equal to the gross proceeds from this offering to be contributed in the form of a surplus note to be issued by MIC to us (which we refer to as the “Surplus Note”), and the remaining amount to be contributed in the form of a contribution to capital. We expect that MIC will use such amounts for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus supplement assumes that the underwriters for this notes offering do not exercise their option to purchase additional notes.

 

Book-entry form

The notes will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more permanent global certificates deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Beneficial interests in any of the notes will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee and any such interest may not be exchanged for certificated securities, except in limited circumstances. See “Description of Notes—Book-entry, Settlement and Clearance.”

 

Absence of a public market for the notes

The notes are new securities and there is currently no established market for the notes. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders as to the development or liquidity of any market for the notes. The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the notes. However, they are not obligated to do so, and they may discontinue any market making with respect to the notes without notice. We do not intend to apply for a listing of the notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for the notes to be quoted on any automated interdealer quotation system.

 

U.S. federal income tax consequences

For the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the holding, disposition and conversion of the notes, and the holding and disposition of shares of our common stock, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

 

S-9


Table of Contents

Concurrent offering of common stock

Concurrently with this offering, we are offering              shares of our common stock (or a total of              shares of our common stock if the underwriters in that offering exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in an underwritten public offering pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement, which we refer to as the “common stock offering.” See “Concurrent Common Stock Offering” in this prospectus supplement.

We expect to raise approximately $             million in net proceeds from the common stock offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and before estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock in that offering. See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus supplement.

This prospectus supplement shall not be deemed an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the common stock offered in the common stock offering. This notes offering is contingent upon the common stock offering, and the common stock offering is contingent upon this notes offering.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus supplement assumes the completion of the common stock offering and that the underwriters for the common stock offering do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares in that offering.

 

New York Stock Exchange symbol for our common stock

Our common stock is listed on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PMI.”

 

Trustee, paying agent and conversion agent

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

See “Supplemental Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that should be considered with respect to an investment in our securities.

 

 

S-10


Table of Contents

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The table below sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis for each of the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

 

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2010

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 
*   *   *   8.56   7.87   *

 

*   Total earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $241.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, by $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009, by $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $494.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Total losses for the first quarter of 2010 included approximately $79.1 million of an increase in net loss reserves and a $40.8 million increase in the fair value of debt instruments. Total losses for 2009 included approximately $319.9 million of an increase in net loss reserves. Total losses for 2008 included approximately $1.1 billion of an increase in net loss reserves and a $103.6 million impairment of the investment in FGIC. Total losses for 2007 included approximately $795 million of increase in net loss reserves, $763.3 million in equity losses from FGIC, a $39 million partial impairment of the investment in RAM Holdings Ltd. and a $36 million impairment of deferred policy acquisition costs.

For purposes of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represent income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Income does not include equity earnings in unconsolidated subsidiaries less than 50% owned. “Fixed charges” represent interest expense plus that portion of rent expense that, in our opinion, approximates the interest factor included in rent expense plus distributions on redeemable capital securities. As of the date of this prospectus supplement, we have no preferred stock outstanding.

Because we have no preferred stock issued (and have not had any issued during the fiscal years or periods shown above), a ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends is not presented.

 

 

S-11


Table of Contents

Supplemental Risk Factors

Any investment in the notes involves a high degree of risk. Holders should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the information contained herein or incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before deciding whether to purchase the notes. In addition, holders should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and “Part II. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, and in other documents that we subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, all of which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. The risks and uncertainties described in such incorporated documents and described below are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of those risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially, which could adversely affect a holder’s investment in the notes. This prospectus supplement and documents incorporated by reference into the accompanying prospectus also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or in the documents incorporated by reference. See “Forward-Looking Information”.

Risks Related to Our Business

Risks Relating to Liquidity and Capital Matters

Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance or failures to receive amounts in respect of the Surplus Note, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations, including under the notes.

We are a holding company and conduct our business operations through our various subsidiaries. Our principal sources of funds are dividends and other payments from our insurance subsidiaries, income from our investment portfolio and funds that may be raised from time to time in the capital markets. We are largely dependent on amounts from MIC to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, to pay holding company operating expenses, to make capital investments in our subsidiaries and, if we were to wish to do so in the future, purchase our common stock in the open market or pay dividends on our common stock. As discussed under “Use of Proceeds” below, we expect that a portion of the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering will be used to acquire the Surplus Note from MIC. The terms of the Surplus Note will provide for interest, principal and redemption payments that are generally concurrent with and equivalent to the payment of interest, principal or redemptions with respect to the notes or cash settlements of the notes once such conversions exceed a specified level. Pursuant to the Arizona Insurance Code, our interest in the Surplus Note will be subordinate to the claims of policyholders, claimants and beneficiaries and to all other classes of creditors, other than surplus noteholders. Amounts may only be paid out of surplus, and even if sufficient surplus is available, each interest, principal and redemption payment in respect of the Surplus Note is subject to the prior approval of the Arizona Department of Insurance (the “Department”). Although we have received a letter from the Director of the Arizona Department of Insurance (the “Director”) approving MIC’s payment of interest provided all of the terms and conditions of the Surplus Note are satisfied, that approval may be rescinded at any time. In addition, the pre-approval letter does not contain any advance approval of the payment of principal or redemption amounts. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will receive any payments in respect of the Surplus Note, either in a timely manner in order to satisfy our obligations, including our obligations under the notes or at all.

MIC did not pay dividends to us in 2009 and we do not expect that MIC will be able to pay dividends during 2010. The inability of MIC and our other subsidiaries to pay dividends and other amounts (including amounts in respect of the Surplus Note) in amounts sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements at the holding

 

S-12


Table of Contents

company level could affect our ability to repay our debt, pay holding company expenses or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our operations. Factors that may affect MIC’s and our other insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends and other amounts to meet our capital and liquidity needs include: adverse business circumstances, including higher levels of delinquencies, claims and/or severity of claims; reduced demand for our insurance; standards imposed by state insurance regulators relating to the payment of dividends by insurance companies; and the terms of the conditional approvals we have received from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (collectively, the “GSEs”) with respect to PMI Mortgage Assurance Co. (“PMAC”), which are described further under “Item 2. Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Conditions and Trends Affecting our Business—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—State and Regulatory Capital Requirements—PMAC” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and “—Our plan to write certain new mortgage insurance in a subsidiary of MIC may not be successful, and even if it is implemented in some states, it may not allow us to continue to write mortgage insurance in other states”.

For example, the laws of Arizona, the state of MIC’s domicile for insurance regulatory purposes, provide that MIC may pay out of any available surplus account, without prior approval of the Director, dividends during any 12-month period not to exceed the lesser of 10% of policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding year end or the last calendar year’s net investment income. To pay dividends in excess of that amount, MIC must obtain the prior approval of the Director. In addition to Arizona, other states may limit or restrict MIC’s ability to pay shareholder dividends. For example, California and New York prohibit mortgage insurers from declaring dividends except from undivided profits remaining above the aggregate of their paid-in capital, paid-in surplus and contingency reserves. In addition, it is possible that Arizona will adopt revised statutory provisions or interpretations of existing statutory provisions that will be more or less restrictive than those described above or will otherwise take actions that may further restrict the ability of MIC to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital.

Under the terms of the agreement that we entered into with Fannie Mae with respect to PMAC, PMI has agreed not to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to its capital stock without the consent of Fannie Mae, subject to limited exceptions (including exceptions for payments under the Surplus Note and payments The PMI Group, Inc. is required to cause MIC to make under our credit facility). The approval letter from Freddie Mac is contingent upon compliance with similar restrictions.

If the value of the contingent note we received in connection with our sale of PMI Australia is reduced, our financial condition could suffer and we may not be able to satisfy our obligations.

In connection with the sale of PMI Australia, MIC received approximately $746 million in cash and a note receivable (the “QBE Note”) in the principal amount of approximately $187 million, with interest accruing through September 2011 when it matures and is payable. The actual amount owed under the QBE Note is subject to reduction to the extent that the sum of (i) claims paid between June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2011, with respect to PMI Australia’s policies in force at June 30, 2008, (ii) increases in reserves with respect to such policies at June 30, 2011 as compared to June 30, 2008 and (iii) projected ultimate unpaid losses in excess of such reserves as of June 30, 2011 (together, the “ultimate projected losses”) exceeds $237.6 million (50% of the unearned premium reserve of such policies at June 30, 2008). Based on the information made available to us on the performance of such PMI Australia policies through March 31, 2010, we do not currently expect that, as of March 31, 2010, ultimate projected losses with respect to such policies will exceed $237.6 million. However, we have not yet received the report with respect to the loss performance of PMI Australia’s insurance policies as of March 31, 2010, prepared by an independent actuary as of March 31, 2010. The last such actuarial report that we received was as of December 31, 2009. The performance of such policies will depend, among other things, on the performance of the Australian housing market and economy over the next several years and other factors that are beyond our control and difficult to predict with any degree of certainty. Accordingly, we cannot be certain that the performance of such PMI Australia policies will not deteriorate in the future or that any such deterioration will not reduce the amount due on the QBE Note.

 

S-13


Table of Contents

We cannot be sure that the amount due on the QBE Note will not be reduced. In addition, the QBE Note is an unsecured obligation of the note issuer, and we cannot be certain that the note issuer will be able to make payment on the QBE Note when due. Any of these events would impair our ability to recover the full value of the QBE Note, reduce or eliminate the lenders’ commitments under our credit facility and require us to repay the amount borrowed under our credit facility to the extent in excess of any reduced or eliminated commitments. Any such failure to recover payment in full of the QBE Note or required repayment could materially impair our liquidity. If we do not recover payment in full under the QBE Note, our ability to repay amounts outstanding under our credit facility, which matures in October 2011, would be materially adversely affected.

MIC is subject to various capital adequacy requirements and could be required to cease writing new business and could be subject to the terms of its runoff support agreement with Allstate.

As of December 31, 2009, MIC’s policyholders’ position exceeded the minimum policyholders’ position required by capital adequacy requirements by $63.9 million, and MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 22.1 to 1. We are currently in the process of finalizing MIC’s statutory financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, which are due to be filed by May 15, 2010. Preliminarily, we estimate that, as of March 31, 2010, MIC’s policyholders’ position will be below the required minimum policyholders’ position by approximately $57.4 million, and MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio will be approximately 26.6 to 1. Based on those estimates, MIC will not meet regulatory capital adequacy requirements relating to minimum policyholders’ position or risk-to-capital ratio. We expect to conclude the preparation and filing of MIC’s first quarter 2010 statutory financial statements shortly. One or more states may take the position that MIC is currently in breach of those states’ capital adequacy requirements notwithstanding that we have not yet finalized the calculation of MIC’s March 31, 2010 minimum policyholders’ position and risk-to-capital ratio and, as a result, immediately require MIC to cease writing new business.

We expect that the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering will increase our policyholders’ position and decrease our risk-to-capital ratio to levels necessary to meet regulatory capital adequacy requirements. However, we expect that continued losses will negatively impact MIC’s policyholders’ position and risk-to-capital ratio throughout the remainder of 2010. There can be no assurance that MIC’s minimum policyholders’ position will not decline below, and risk-to-capital ratio will not increase above, levels necessary to meet regulatory capital adequacy requirements. MIC’s minimum policyholders’ position and risk-to-capital ratio are affected by a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. Such factors include, among others:

 

   

economic conditions, including unemployment and home prices;

 

   

the level of new delinquencies, the cure and claim rates of delinquencies (including the level of future modifications of delinquent loans), and the claim severity within MIC’s mortgage insurance portfolio;

 

   

the levels of future rescissions and claim denials and future reversals of rescissions and claim denials;

 

   

the level of new insurance written;

 

   

the rate at which MIC’s insurance coverage remains in force (persistency rate);

 

   

the performance of MIC’s investment portfolio;

 

   

the statutory credit MIC can continue to receive with respect to its subsidiary investments; and

 

   

other factors discussed in these “Supplemental Risk Factors.”

If MIC’s minimum policyholders’ position were to fall below, or risk-to-capital ratio rise above, levels necessary to meet regulatory capital adequacy requirements, as described below, MIC would be required to immediately suspend writing new business in some states. Any such failure to meet the capital adequacy requirements of one or more states could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of

 

S-14


Table of Contents

operations and business. See “Our plan to write certain new mortgage insurance in a subsidiary of MIC may not be successful, and even if it is implemented in some states, it may not allow us to continue to write mortgage insurance in other states”, below. In sixteen states, if a mortgage insurer does not meet a required minimum policyholders’ position (which amount fluctuates and is calculated in accordance with applicable state statutory formulae) or exceeds a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio (generally 25 to 1), it may be prohibited from writing new business until its policyholders’ position meets the minimum or its risk-to-capital ratio falls below the limit, as applicable. In certain of those states, the applicable regulations require a mortgage insurer to immediately cease writing new business if and so long as it fails to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirements. In other states, the applicable regulator has discretion as to whether the mortgage insurer may continue writing new business. Thirty-four other states do not have specific capital adequacy requirements for mortgage insurers.

MIC’s principal regulator is the Arizona Department of Insurance (the “Department”). On February 10, 2010, MIC received a letter from the Department waiving, until December 31, 2011, the requirement that MIC maintain the Arizona required minimum policyholders’ position to write new business. The waiver may be withdrawn by the Department at its sole discretion at any time. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the period during which the waiver will remain in effect. In addition, the Illinois Department of Insurance (the “Illinois Department”) and the Missouri Department of Insurance, Financial Institutions and Professional Registration (the “Missouri Department”) have each granted MIC temporary waivers from their respective minimum policyholders’ position or risk-to-capital ratio requirements. The waiver granted by the Missouri Department, is contingent upon MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio not exceeding 27 to 1. In addition, each of these waivers may be withdrawn at any time at the sole discretion of the relevant regulator.

If the Department were to withdraw its waiver and MIC were to fail to maintain Arizona’s minimum policyholders’ position, we would be required to suspend writing new business in all states. In addition, we believe that certain insurance regulators could interpret their respective states’ statutes to require a mortgage insurer to suspend writing new business in all states if it fails to meet the applicable capital adequacy requirement of their respective states. We cannot predict whether and under what circumstances an insurance regulator might exercise its discretion to permit MIC to write new business or, in the case of the Department, the Illinois Department or the Missouri Department, under what circumstances it might modify or terminate the waiver MIC has received from it. We believe that there are five state insurance departments that at present will not, or cannot, exercise discretion to permit MIC to write new business if it does not comply with applicable capital requirements. Moreover, even if an insurance regulator were to exercise its discretion to permit MIC to continue writing new business, we may be unable to write new business in other states in which MIC fails to meet regulatory capital requirements, and regulators in certain other states could take the position that MIC must suspend writing new business nationwide. In states that do not have capital adequacy requirements, it is not clear what actions the applicable insurance regulators would take if we failed to meet the capital adequacy requirement established by another state. Moreover, even with the waivers, if MIC breached regulatory capital adequacy requirements, there is a risk that certain of our customer relationships would be negatively impacted.

From time to time, we have been contacted by certain state insurance regulators with respect to their financially hazardous condition regulations generally applicable to licensed insurance companies and those states’ interpretive positions that we are, or could be, in violation of their respective regulations. None of these states has taken any action against MIC to date. If any of those states or other states having similar financially hazardous condition regulations (which are most states) were to conclude that MIC was in a financially hazardous condition, MIC may be required to cease writing new business in that state.

In addition, as described further in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, under the terms of our runoff support agreement with Allstate Insurance Company, MIC is subject to restrictions that may apply if its risk-to-capital ratio exceeds 23 to 1. The original risk in force on policies covered under the Allstate runoff support agreement has been reduced from approximately $13 billion in 1994 to approximately $41 million as of March 31, 2010 (less than 1% of the original risk in force). We expect any potential future losses associated with

 

S-15


Table of Contents

the remaining risk in force under the Allstate runoff support agreement to be immaterial and total loss reserves on the remaining risk in force were approximately $1.0 million as of March 31, 2010 (less than 1% of MIC’s total loss reserves as of the same date). The remaining business has an average LTV of less than 40%. Under the runoff support agreement, among other things, if MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio equals or exceeds 23 to 1 at three consecutive monthly measurement dates, MIC may not enter into new insurance or reinsurance contracts without the consent of Allstate Insurance Company. If following such time as MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio were to exceed 23 to 1, Allstate Insurance Company were to make any payments on account of specified third party claims, or if MIC’s risk-to-capital ratio were to exceed 24.5 to 1, the runoff support agreement requires MIC to transfer substantially all of its liquid assets to a trust account for the payment of MIC’s obligations to policyholders. Any failure to meet the capital requirements set forth in the Allstate runoff support agreement could, if pursued by Allstate, have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and business.

Our plan to write certain new mortgage insurance in a subsidiary of MIC may not be successful, and even if it is implemented in some states, it may not allow us to continue to write mortgage insurance in other states.

In the event that MIC is unable to continue to write new mortgage insurance in one or more states, we are implementing a plan to enable us to write new mortgage insurance in those states by PMAC. PMAC is a subsidiary of MIC. PMAC is currently licensed to write insurance in all states except Connecticut and Michigan. In North Carolina and Texas, PMAC is applying to revise the line of insurance business it is authorized to transact so that it may begin writing new residential mortgage guaranty insurance. We cannot be sure that PMAC will be able to obtain insurance licenses in Connecticut and Michigan or approval to revise its existing licenses in North Carolina or Texas. Some of our customers may choose not to purchase mortgage insurance from us in any state unless we can offer mortgage insurance through the combined companies in all fifty states or if MIC were required to cease writing business in one or more states. Our inability to successfully and timely implement this plan, in the event MIC is unable to continue writing new mortgage insurance in certain states, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operation and business.

In the first quarter of 2010, the GSEs approved PMAC as a limited, direct issuer of mortgage guaranty insurance in certain states in which MIC is unable to continue to write new business. We have recently provided notice to the GSEs that PMAC may replace MIC as a direct writer of mortgage insurance in five states in which we believe the state insurance regulators at present cannot or will not exercise discretion with respect to the capital requirements. The GSEs’ approvals, which contain substantially similar restrictions and conditions, terminate on December 31, 2011, and are subject to earlier termination in certain instances. For example, Fannie Mae’s approval is conditioned on the Department not having required MIC to cease transacting new business, and its approval will also terminate if MIC ceases to transact new business for any reason in all jurisdictions in which it is licensed. Fannie Mae’s and Freddie Mac’s approvals are subject to a number of detailed conditions, including, among others, limitations as to the jurisdictions, volume and types of new business PMAC may write. In addition, the GSEs’ approvals restrict MIC and PMAC from taking a variety of actions, subject to enumerated exceptions, without Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s prior written consent, including engaging in certain transactions with affiliates, paying dividends or making distributions or payments of indebtedness or transferring assets outside the ordinary course of business or in excess of specified levels. Notwithstanding these restrictions, the GSEs’ approvals permit MIC to make dividend, interest and principal payments in connection with the issuance of certain new debt or equity instruments up to specified levels. There can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy these conditions or comply with the restrictions. If we fail to do so, the GSEs may terminate their approvals.

There can be no assurance that we will not need to raise additional capital in the future.

There can be no assurance that the amount of capital we seek to raise in this offering and our concurrent common stock offering will be sufficient to address the future liquidity needs of our holding company or capital requirements of our U.S. mortgage insurance operations. These matters are discussed in our Annual Report on

 

S-16


Table of Contents

Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. Our need for additional capital could be affected by a variety of factors, including, among others:

 

   

the performance of our U.S. mortgage insurance operations, which is affected by, among other things, the economy, unemployment, default and cure rates and losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”);

 

   

our ability to comply with capital adequacy requirements imposed by regulators or third parties;

 

   

levels of new insurance written;

 

   

GSE and rating agency requirements and determinations;

 

   

the performance of our investment portfolio and the extent to which issuers of the fixed-income securities that we own default on principal and interest payments or the extent to which we are required to impair portions of the portfolio as a result of deteriorating capital markets;

 

   

covenants and event of default triggers in our credit facility, which could require the repayment of such indebtedness on an accelerated basis;

 

   

the performance of PMI Europe, which is affected by the U.S. and European mortgage markets and, among other things, changes in the fair value of credit default swap (“CDS”) derivative contracts resulting from the widening of residential mortgage-backed securities credit spreads; and

 

   

any requirements to provide capital under the PMI Europe or CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (“CMG MI”) capital support agreements, which are discussed below in “We have been and will continue to be negatively impacted by downgrades of MIC’s insurer financial strength ratings” and under “Item 1(D)(1)(c). Business – U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations – Products – Joint Venture – CMG Mortgage Insurance Company” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009. CMG MI is a joint venture company equally owned by MIC and CUNA Mutual Insurance Society (“CMIS”).

These and other factors are discussed further in this “Supplemental Risk Factors” section. Many of these factors are outside of our control and difficult to predict. In addition, some of these factors, such as the views and requirements of the GSEs and rating agencies, are subjective and not subject to specific quantitative standards. As discussed under “—Risks Related to the Notes and our Common Stock—Future issuances of our common stock may adversely affect our stock price”, if we do need to raise additional capital, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so on favorable terms or at all. In addition, any such financing could be significantly dilutive to our existing shareholders and result in the issuance of securities that have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common stock.

Higher than expected losses could cause us to be out of compliance or more substantially out of compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and could require us to cease writing new business.

Projecting future losses is inherently uncertain and requires significant judgment. Our expectations regarding MIC’s future losses may change significantly over time and may differ substantially from estimates by third parties. Our losses have exceeded expectations in past periods, and our future losses could materially exceed expectations. Expectations regarding future losses may be affected by a variety of factors that are difficult to predict and as to which different parties may have significantly different views, including the following:

 

   

Future economic conditions, including unemployment rates, interest rates and home prices. If unemployment rates and/or interest rates are higher in the future than expected, or the level of home price appreciation is below expectations, our losses may materially exceed expectations;

 

   

The level of new delinquencies, the cure and claim rates of delinquencies (including the level of future modifications of delinquent loans) and the claim severity within MIC’s mortgage insurance portfolio. If the level of new delinquencies is higher than expected, the level of future modifications is lower than expected, the redefault rate of such modifications is higher than expected, or the level of cures is lower than expected, then our ultimate claim rate will be higher than expected, and our losses may be materially higher than expected.

 

S-17


Table of Contents
   

The level of future rescissions and claim denials and future reversals of rescissions and claim denials. If rescissions and claim denials are below expectations, our losses may be materially higher than anticipated.

 

   

The timing of future claims paid. If we pay claims at a rate faster than expected, our financial condition could be materially negatively impacted.

 

   

Future levels of new insurance written (and the profitability of such business), which will impact future premiums written and earned and future losses.

 

   

The rate at which our U.S. mortgage insurance portfolio remains in force.

Due to the inherent uncertainty and significant judgment involved in the numerous assumptions required in order to estimate our losses, loss estimates have varied widely. Various third parties, including research analysts and rating agencies, have independently estimated our losses based on their own perspectives on such assumptions. Some of these parties have projected such losses to be materially higher than our expectations and/or that the time frame in which we would have to make payments with respect to such losses will occur sooner than we anticipate. If the amount and/or timing of MIC’s mortgage insurance losses were to emerge in a manner that is consistent with certain of those third party estimates, MIC could exhaust its available claims-paying resources and capital and surplus, even if this offering and the concurrent common stock offering are completed, unless we raise additional capital or are able to take other steps to enhance our capital.

Higher than expected mortgage losses, or earlier than expected development of such losses, could cause MIC to be out of compliance, or more substantially out of compliance, with applicable regulatory capital adequacy requirements even if this offering and the concurrent common stock offering are completed, unless we are able to raise additional capital or take other steps to enhance our capital, and could cause the Arizona Department of Insurance or other state insurance regulators to require MIC to cease writing new business. See “MIC is subject to various capital adequacy requirements and could be required to cease writing new business and could be subject to the terms of its runoff support agreement with Allstate.” In addition, such higher losses and more rapid loss development would increase the risk that either or both of the GSEs would withdraw their approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer. See “The exercise of certain rights reserved by the GSEs under eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers and the terms of the conditional approvals we have received relating to PMAC could harm our profitability and reduce our operational flexibility.” Moreover, if MIC were not in compliance with regulatory capital adequacy requirements, certain of our customer relationships could be adversely affected.

We have been and will continue to be negatively impacted by downgrades of MIC’s insurer financial strength ratings.

S&P’s and Moody’s insurer financial strength ratings of MIC are “B+” and “B2”, respectively.

As discussed below in “The exercise of certain rights reserved by the GSEs under eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers and the terms of the conditional approvals we have received relating to PMAC, as well as the conditions of the waiver that we have received from Arizona, could harm our profitability and reduce our operational flexibility” as a result of, among other things, the downgrades of MIC’s insurer financial strength ratings, the GSEs required MIC to submit remediation plans. In addition, some mortgage lenders have reduced the amount of or eliminated all mortgage insurance they purchase from us as a result of the ratings downgrade. If we become ineligible to provide insurance to a portion or all of the mortgage loans from the GSEs or mortgage lenders, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. CMG MI is dependent in part upon the financial and perceived counter-party strength of MIC. Therefore, sustained lower ratings may have negative impacts on CMG MI.

If we experience further downgrades, or if all or some of our competitors’ ratings improve and our ratings remain at the current level, our business prospects, revenues, competitive position, holding company debt ratings

 

S-18


Table of Contents

and the performance of our insurance subsidiaries could be significantly harmed. In addition, any downgrade in our holding company debt ratings would adversely affect our access to, and the cost of, external sources of financing.

The exercise of certain rights reserved by the GSEs under eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers and the terms of the conditional approvals we have received relating to PMAC, as well as the conditions of the waiver that we have received from Arizona, could harm our profitability and reduce our operational flexibility.

The GSEs have established approval requirements for eligible mortgage insurers, covering substantially all areas of PMI’s mortgage insurance operations, including requiring mortgage insurers to maintain certain insurer financial strength ratings. The GSEs may revise any eligibility requirement at any time in their own discretion. Indeed, both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are currently considering revisions to their eligibility guidelines that include greater limitations and restrictions on mortgage insurers.

In 2008, in order to maintain its eligibility with the GSEs, MIC was required to submit remediation plans to each GSE outlining, among other things, the steps we are taking or plan to take to bolster MIC’s financial strength. To date each of the GSEs continues to treat MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer. There can be no assurance, however, that the GSEs will continue to treat MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer. See “Item 1(D)(1)(a). U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Products—Primary Mortgage Insurance—Primary Flow Channel” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

The GSEs, in their own discretion, could require MIC to limit certain activities and practices in order to remain an eligible mortgage insurer with them. Such limitations could include, among other things, maximum risk-to-capital ratios and limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make other payments, which could limit our operating flexibility and limit the areas in which we may write new business. In addition, the agreement that we entered into with Fannie Mae regarding PMI Mortgage Assurance Co., which is described further in “Item 1(C). Business—Certain Regulatory and Other Issues Facing PMI” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 restricts MIC and PMAC for taking a variety of actions, subject to enumerated exceptions, without Fannie Mae’s prior written consent, which is not to be unreasonably withheld, including amending certain agreements with affiliates, paying dividends or making distributions or payments of indebtedness, transferring securities, modifying underwriting guidelines beyond eligibility standards for standard GSE business, transferring new mortgage insurance business to other affiliates, entering into new, or modifying existing, expense or tax sharing arrangements or commutation transactions, or transferring assets outside the ordinary course of business or in excess of specified levels. The approval letter from Freddie Mac contains similar restrictions.

Either or both of the GSEs could determine that MIC is no longer an eligible mortgage insurer. The GSEs, as major purchasers of conventional mortgage loans in the United States, are the primary beneficiaries of MIC’s mortgage insurance coverage. If either or both of the GSEs were to cease to consider MIC an eligible mortgage insurer and, therefore, cease accepting our mortgage insurance products, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations would be significantly harmed.

In addition, while the waiver that we have received from the Arizona Department remains in effect, the waiver letter requires that MIC, among other things, comply with certain information reporting requirements, submit to the Department for its approval MIC’s annual operating plan for calendar years 2010 and 2011, and submit to the Department for its approval any proposed material change to MIC’s then-current underwriting guidelines or operating plan. There can be no assurance that the Department will approve the 2010 operating plan that we have submitted, or that the Department will approve any material changes that we may seek to make to our underwriting guidelines or operating plan in the future, and any decision of the Department to withhold its approval, or any conditions or changes that the Department may impose or require in connection with any approval, could harm our profitability and reduce our operational flexibility.

 

S-19


Table of Contents

As a result of significant volatility and uncertainty in the market, we impaired the value of certain securities held in our investment portfolio and there is a risk that additional impairments may occur in the future.

In 2009, we determined that certain preferred securities held in our U.S. investment portfolio were “other-than-temporarily” impaired and incurred a $10.6 million loss related to the impairment. Changing and unprecedented market conditions have materially impacted and could continue to materially impact the valuation of investment securities in our investment portfolios, which may cause us to impair in the future some portion of the preferred and other securities remaining in our portfolio. Any decision to impair securities held in our investment portfolio would be based on our assessment of, among other things, recent credit downgrades of the applicable security or the issuer by the rating agencies, the severity and nature of the decline in market value below cost regardless of the duration of the decline, the financial condition of the applicable issuer, whether scheduled interest payments are past due and whether we have the ability and intent to hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for anticipated recoveries in fair value. Future reductions to the value of our investment securities on an other-than-temporary basis could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Risk Management and Loss Reserving

We establish loss reserves with respect to our mortgage insurance policies only upon loan defaults; accordingly, our loss reserve estimates are not intended to be an estimate of future losses.

The establishment of loss reserves with respect to our mortgage insurance business is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires significant estimates and judgment by management, principally with respect to the rate and severity of claims. In accordance with mortgage insurance industry practice, we establish loss reserves for our mortgage insurance subsidiaries only for loans in default. We establish reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, or LAE, based upon our estimate of unpaid losses and LAE on (i) reported mortgage loans in default and (ii) estimated defaults incurred but not yet reported to us by servicers. Accordingly loss reserves are not intended to be an estimate of total future losses, and our mortgage insurance reserving process does not take account of the impact of future losses that could occur from loans that are not in default. Because of this, our actual future losses on our insured book of business (including both current and delinquent loans) will substantially exceed the loss reserve estimates we have established on loans in default, and future notices of default on insured loans will have a material impact on our financial results.

Loss reserve estimates are particularly uncertain during an economic downturn, which is characterized by market volatility and disruption. The continuing adverse economic and market conditions, including the high rate of unemployment, and resulting uncertainty with respect to the rate and severity of claims may result in substantial increases in loss reserves in the future. Additional increases in loss reserves would negatively affect our consolidated financial condition and results of operations. In addition, when establishing loss reserves, we rely on models that have been developed internally and by third parties to analyze and predict estimated losses relating to our current inventory of loans in default. Flaws in these models and/or in assumptions used by these models could lead to insufficient loss reserving, which could increase our ultimate losses in the future.

Past rescission activity has materially reduced our loss reserve estimates, and our loss reserves will increase if we are required to reverse rescissions beyond expected levels or future rescission activity is lower than projected.

In recent years, mortgage insurers, including PMI, have been involved in litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution proceedings with policyholders regarding the rescission of mortgage insurance coverage on individual loans under the terms of the insurers’ master policies where the mortgage insurers discovered misrepresentations by, for example, a borrower, lender or an agent of the lender. Based on PMI’s recent investigations and industry and other data, we believe that there were unexpectedly and significantly high levels of mortgage origination fraud and decreases in the quality of mortgage origination underwriting primarily in 2006 and 2007. We believe that mortgage investors are requiring significantly higher levels of mortgage repurchases by mortgage originators as a result of the unexpectedly high levels of fraudulent, negligent or

 

S-20


Table of Contents

otherwise noncompliant mortgage loan origination. As a result, PMI is reviewing and investigating a larger volume of insured loans and the number of loans on which coverage has been rescinded by PMI has substantially increased. Between December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2010, we have rescinded delinquent loans (including primary and pool) with an aggregate risk in force of approximately $752.1 million.

As a result of these rescissions, we have reduced our loss reserves and/or risk in force for the corresponding policies. When PMI rescinds insurance coverage with respect to an investigated loan, we notify the insured of the rescission, refund all premiums associated with the insured loan, and remove the rescinded loan from our calculation of PMI’s risk in force and insurance in force. In addition, if the rescinded loan was delinquent, we cease to include that loan in our default inventory and, therefore, do not incorporate that loan into our loss reserve estimates. Accordingly, past rescission activity has materially reduced our loss reserve estimates. In arriving at our loss reserve estimates, we also consider the effect of projected future rescission activity with respect to the current inventory of delinquent insured loans. As we expect rescission activity to remain elevated through 2010, projected future rescission activity is also materially reducing our current loss reserve estimates. To the extent that we are required to reverse rescissions beyond expected levels or actual future rescission activity is lower than projected, we would be required to increase our loss reserves in future periods. If we are unsuccessful in defending these rescissions, we would need to re-establish loss reserves for, and reassume the risk on, such rescinded loans, which could materially harm our results of operations. See “—Regulatory and Litigation Risks—We are subject to heightened litigation risk related to the increase in rescissions.”

In some cases, our servicing customers do not produce documents necessary to perfect the claim. Most often, this is the result of the servicer’s inability to provide the loan origination file for our review. If, after repeated requests by PMI, the loan file is not produced, the claim will be denied. In our loss reserve estimation process, we do not include claim denials in our delinquent inventory and, therefore, do not incorporate them into our loss reserve estimates. Levels of claim denials have increased in 2008, 2009 and the first quarter of 2010. Between December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2010, we had claim denials (including primary and pool) with an aggregate risk in force of approximately $571.1 million. If our servicing customers ultimately produce a loan origination file on such loans, PMI may, under certain circumstances, review the file for potential claim payment. Our loss reserve estimation process takes into consideration this possibility. There can be no assurance, however, that the frequency will not exceed our expectations or that our loss reserve estimates adequately provide for such occurrences.

Loan modification and other similar programs have materially reduced our loss reserve estimates, and because the benefits to PMI’s cure rate from such programs are difficult to quantify, if we overestimate the number of loans which ultimately cure as a result of such programs, the loss reserves we establish may not be sufficient to cover our losses on existing delinquent loans, which could adversely affect our financial position.

In order to reduce foreclosures, the federal government, including through the FDIC and the GSEs, and some lenders have adopted programs to modify residential mortgage loans to make them more affordable to borrowers. Under the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s (“Treasury”) Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”) discussed in “Item 1(D)(1)(a). Business—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Products—Primary Mortgage Insurance—Primary Flow Channel” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, certain borrowers have the opportunity to refinance into loans with lower interest rates.

Under the Treasury’s Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”), certain borrowers whose loans are delinquent may modify their loans if and so long as they strictly adhere to their trial modification plans and submit all required documentation during a 90 day trial period, which, in many cases, can be considerably longer, in order to complete the modification process. As of March 31, 2010, 27,303 loans insured by PMI were in HAMP trial periods, compared to 23,181 loans at December 31, 2009. We do not remove from our default inventory a loan subject to a HAMP trial modification period unless and until the trial period is completed, all required documents have been received, the loan modification is closed, and the default is officially cured.

 

S-21


Table of Contents

Under HAMP, a net present value test (the “NPV Test”) is used to determine if loan modifications will be offered. For loans owned or guaranteed by the GSEs, servicers may, depending on the results of the NPV Test and other factors, be required to offer loan modifications, as defined by HAMP, to borrowers. As of December 1, 2009, the GSEs changed how the NPV Test is used. These changes made it more difficult for some loans to be modified under HAMP. While we lack sufficient data to determine the impact of these changes, we believe that they may decrease the number of our loans that will participate in HAMP.

The implementation of HARP, HAMP and other loan modification programs is still in its early stages. While these programs continue to be developed, changed and refined, based on our recent experience, we expect that a material percentage of loans in our default inventory will be successfully modified, and our loss reserve estimation process takes into consideration management’s expectations regarding the reduction to the claim rate that may occur as a result of modification programs. Our estimates of the number of loans that may cure through modification programs are inherently uncertain and involve significant judgment by management. The ultimate effect of these programs on PMI depends, among other things, on the number of loans in PMI’s portfolio that will qualify for modification and officially cure and the re-default rate of the loans that are officially modified. There is a risk that significantly fewer loans than expected will officially cure as a result of loan modification programs or that the re-default rate will be higher than expected. Because re-default rates can be affected by a number of factors (including changes in home values and unemployment rates), we cannot predict what the ultimate re-default rate will be. Accordingly, we cannot be certain what the benefits of these programs will be for PMI or whether these programs will provide material benefits to PMI, and there is no assurance that our loss reserves will be sufficient to cover future losses.

Due to higher losses, we may be required to record a premium deficiency reserve in the future.

We perform premium deficiency analyses quarterly on a single book basis for the U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations using assumptions based on our best estimates when the analyses are performed. The calculation for premium deficiency, which is the present value of expected future losses and expenses to the extent they exceed the present value of expected future premium, requires significant judgment and includes estimates of future expected premiums, expected claims, loss adjustment expenses and maintenance costs as of the date of the test. The calculation of future expected premiums uses assumptions for persistency and termination levels on policies currently in force. Assumptions for future expected losses include future expected average claim sizes and claim rates which are based on the current default rate and expected future defaults.

A premium deficiency analysis was performed on a U.S. GAAP basis, as of March 31, 2010, and we determined there was no premium deficiency in our U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations segment despite continued significant losses in 2009 and the first quarter of 2010. Because this premium deficiency calculation required significant judgment and estimation, to the extent actual losses are higher or actual premiums are lower than the assumptions we used in our analysis, we could be required to record a premium deficiency reserve in future reporting periods, which could indirectly trigger an event of default under our credit facility and would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our underwriting and risk management policies and practices may not anticipate all risks and/or the magnitude of potential for loss as the result of unforeseen risks.

We have established underwriting and risk management policies and practices which seek to mitigate our exposure to borrower default risk in our insured portfolio by anticipating future risks and the magnitude of those risks. PMI has experienced and is continuing to experience material losses. The ultimate losses we incur are uncertain and will depend largely on general economic conditions, including rates of unemployment and home prices. Over the past several years, PMI has made significant changes to its underwriting and risk management policies, which have limited the types of new business PMI writes. Given the uncertainties caused by the sustained deterioration of the U.S. economy and, to the extent that a risk is unforeseen or is underestimated in terms of magnitude of loss, these policies and practices will not completely insulate us from the effects of those risks. We expect that we will continue to experience material incurred and paid losses on insurance written prior to 2009.

 

S-22


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations

Current market volatility combined with falling home prices and rising unemployment have materially and adversely affected our business and results of operations, and we do not expect these conditions to significantly improve in the near future.

Through our main operating businesses, we are exposed to the risk that borrowers will default on residential mortgage loans we have insured. The current economic downturn, characterized by deteriorating and volatile credit and capital markets, falling home prices and higher unemployment, has significantly increased the likelihood of borrowers defaulting on their mortgage loans and increased defaults and claims. As a result, we have incurred higher losses, and the amount of new insurance written has declined. We expect that the economic downturn will continue and will continue to materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We significantly increased PMI’s loss reserves in 2009 as a result of the increase in PMI’s default inventory, higher claim rates, higher average claim sizes and worsened severity, which is the ratio of the claim paid to the original risk-in-force relating to the loan. Higher claim rates were driven in part by home price declines and the diminished availability of certain loan products, both of which constrain refinancing opportunities and decrease the cure rate. The increase in PMI’s average claim size was driven by higher average loan sizes and coverage levels in PMI’s portfolio, as well as declines in home prices, which limit PMI’s loss mitigation opportunities. We had significant losses in 2009 and we expect losses to continue in 2010 as a result of the continued severe economic downturn. In the first quarter of 2010, we increased net loss reserves by $79.1 million compared to a $144.9 million reserve increase in the first quarter of 2009.

In addition, continuing adverse market conditions have adversely affected the business of CMG MI. Under the terms of a capital support agreement between MIC and CMIS, MIC has an obligation, under specified conditions, to maintain CMG MI’s risk-to-capital ratio at or below 19.0 to 1. CMG MI’s risk-to-capital ratio as of March 31, 2010 was 17.6 to 1, and there is a risk that MIC would be required to make contributions to CMG MI if its risk-to-capital ratio increases. MIC’s capital support obligation is limited to an aggregate of $37.65 million. See “—Risks Relating to Liquidity and Capital Matters” and “Item 1(D)(1)(c). Business—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Products—Joint Venture—CMG Mortgage Insurance Company” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

If the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market is changed, or if the GSEs change other policies or practices, the amount of insurance that PMI writes could further decrease, which could result in a decrease of our future revenue.

The GSEs are the beneficiaries of a significant portion of the insurance policies we issue as a result of their purchases, statutorily required or otherwise, of qualifying mortgage loans from lenders or investors. Accordingly, changes in the following or other GSE policies and practices with respect to mortgage credit enhancement could significantly affect our business:

 

   

level of private mortgage insurance coverage lenders may select when private mortgage insurance is used as the required credit enhancement on low down payment mortgages;

 

   

amount of loan level delivery fees that the GSEs assess on loans that require mortgage insurance;

 

   

loan eligibility standards for loans purchased by the GSEs, which impact the conforming mortgage loan origination market, including loan quality and availability;

 

   

terms on which mortgage insurance coverage can be canceled before reaching the cancellation thresholds established by law;

 

   

discretionary purchases by the GSEs of credit enhancements other than mortgage insurance;

 

   

whether the GSEs influence mortgage lenders’ selection of mortgage insurers providing coverage; and

 

   

GSE loss mitigation programs on insured mortgages and the circumstances in which mortgage servicers must implement such programs.

 

S-23


Table of Contents

In the past, the GSEs have had programs under which for certain loans lenders could choose a mortgage insurance coverage percentage that was the minimum required by the GSEs’ charters, or “charter coverage”, rather than a higher, or “standard coverage”, with the GSEs assessing higher delivery fees for loans with charter coverage. The GSEs also have had programs known as “reduced coverage”, under which on certain loans lenders could choose a coverage level that was higher than charter coverage but lower than standard coverage. PMI charges lower premium rates for charter or reduced coverage commensurate with the reduced risk. Effective January 1, 2010, Fannie Mae began giving lenders the option of selecting charter coverage on a broader array of loans and eliminated reduced coverage altogether. As the new program has only recently commenced, we cannot predict how frequently lenders will select charter coverage rather than standard coverage on loans PMI insures after January 1, 2010, and the effect of the program changes on PMI’s business is difficult to quantify.

The placement of the GSEs into the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Finance Agency increases the likelihood that the U.S. Congress will examine the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market and potentially propose certain structural and other changes to the GSEs. New federal legislation or programs could reduce the level of, or eliminate entirely, the purchase of private mortgage insurance by the GSEs, or fundamentally change the manner in which the GSEs utilize credit enhancement. The Obama administration has indicated that it will outline broad principles regarding the future of the GSEs in 2010 but does not expect to submit a full legislative proposal until 2011. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are currently considering revisions to their eligibility guidelines that, if adopted, are expected to provide the GSEs with increased levels of oversight of eligible mortgage insurers’ operations, risk management policies and financial strategies and, accordingly, would place greater limitations and restrictions on mortgage insurers. Changes in the GSEs’ practices could have a material adverse effect on our business, harm our ability to compete and reduce the profitability of the mortgage insurance business generally and our business in particular. See also, “Risks Relating to Liquidity and Capital Matters—The exercise of certain rights reserved by the GSEs under eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers and the terms of the conditional approvals we have received relating to PMAC, as well as the conditions of the waiver that we have received from Arizona, could harm our profitability and reduce our operational flexibility,” above.

Our revenues and profits could decline if PMI loses market share as a result of actions we have taken to limit new insurance written, increased industry competition or mortgage lenders and investors selecting alternatives to private mortgage insurance.

The principal sources of PMI’s competition include other private mortgage insurers, several of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of public companies with direct or indirect capital reserves that provide them with potentially greater resources than we have, as well as the various alternatives to private mortgage insurance discussed below.

We believe that certain of the changes that we made during 2008 and 2009 in order to conserve capital, including our underwriting guideline changes and reducing or ceasing new insurance written with certain of our customers, have made it more difficult to compete among private mortgage insurers as we seek to write new business. Other changes we have made and actions we have taken, such as the termination of our contract underwriting operations in 2009, also have negatively impacted our relationships with certain of our current and former customers and may impact our ability to maintain or gain market share. In addition, as a result of the increase in rescission activity discussed in “—Regulatory and Litigation Risks—We are subject to heightened litigation risk related to the increase in rescissions,” we are experiencing an increase in the number of disagreements with mortgage lenders, commercial banks and other mortgage originators who are our customers and are engaged in litigation. Such disagreements or litigation, even if resolved in our favor, may adversely affect our business relationships with these customers. As a result of these and other factors, we may be unable to write new business at desired levels and realize the expected benefits of the capital raised in this and the concurrent common stock offering and may be unable to fully increase levels of activity in the event market conditions improve. In addition, we believe that the difficult conditions and resulting capital constraints facing mortgage insurers have provided opportunities for new entrants in the private mortgage insurance industry, and we expect

 

S-24


Table of Contents

that we may face increased competition from new competitors. One new private mortgage insurer, Essent US Holdings, Inc., announced that it secured equity funding, purchased an information technology and operating platform from Triad Guaranty Inc., a mortgage insurer in runoff, obtained licenses in 45 states, anticipates obtaining licenses in all states in 2010, and is approved as a qualified mortgage insurer by the GSEs.

Tighter underwriting guidelines adopted industry-wide by private mortgage insurers and capital constraints in the mortgage insurance industry generally have resulted in greater demand for mortgage insurance from the Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”). As a result of federal legislation providing the FHA with greater competitive flexibility and increasing the maximum loan amount that the FHA may insure, the FHA has substantially increased its market share since early 2008 and is a significant competitor of ours. In addition, any current or new alternatives to private mortgage insurance that may develop could further reduce the market opportunities for private mortgage insurers and result in further increased competition, any of which could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Given the recent changes in industry conditions, we believe that the private mortgage insurance market has significantly contracted, and we not only face increased competition from existing and new private mortgage insurers, including the FHA and Veterans Administration (“VA”), but also from other sources, including the following:

 

   

the GSEs pursuing arrangements that meet their charter requirement for buying loans with loan-to-value ratios (“LTVs”) over 80% that do not involve the use of mortgage insurance;

 

   

lenders and investors holding mortgages in their portfolios and self-insuring; and

 

   

mortgage lenders maintaining lender recourse or participation with respect to loans sold to the GSEs.

Any failure of PMI to effectively compete could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

A decrease in the volume of low down-payment home mortgage originations would cause our revenues to decline.

Our future revenues also depend on the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations. A decline in the volume of low down payment mortgage originations would reduce the demand for private mortgage insurance and, consequently, our revenues. The volume of low down payment mortgage originations is affected by, among other factors:

 

   

general economic conditions, including access to credit markets, unemployment rates, interest rates and home prices;

 

   

government policies, including government housing policies encouraging homeownership, federal and state economic stimulus programs and policies, and GSE and lender-specific policies; and

 

   

the availability of mortgage insurance for high LTV loans, which is affected by, among other things, general economic conditions, secondary market demand, government housing policy and capital constraints facing mortgage insurers.

A decline in the volume of low down payment mortgage originations would reduce the demand for mortgage insurance products such as the ones we offer and could in turn have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our business and financial performance could suffer if PMI were to lose the business of a major customer.

PMI’s top ten customers generated 56.9% of its premiums earned in 2009. Earned premiums from Fannie Mae exceeded 8% of our consolidated revenues and represented 10.2% of PMI’s earned premiums in 2009. The loss of a significant customer for any reason could reduce our revenue and, if not replaced, harm our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

 

S-25


Table of Contents

The premiums we charge for mortgage insurance on insured loans and the associated investment income may not be adequate to compensate for future losses from these loans.

We charge premium rates in effect at the time a policy is issued based upon our expectations regarding likely performance over the life of insurance coverage. We generally cannot cancel mortgage insurance coverage or adjust renewal premiums during the life of a mortgage insurance policy. As a result, losses from higher than anticipated claims generally cannot be offset by premium increases on policies in force or mitigated by non-renewal or cancellation of insurance coverage. The premiums we charge on our insurance in force and the associated investment income may not be adequate to compensate us for the risks and costs associated with the insurance coverage provided to customers. An increase in the number or size of unanticipated claims could adversely affect our consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

PMI’s primary new insurance written and risk in force includes:

 

   

Loans with LTVs exceeding 97%, known as Above-97s. As of March 31, 2010, 20.4% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of Above-97s. We no longer intend to insure loans with LTVs exceeding 95%.

 

   

ARMs. As of March 31, 2010, 7.4% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of ARMs, excluding 2/28 Hybrid ARMs.

 

   

2/28 Hybrid ARMs. As of March 31, 2010, 1.7% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of 2/28 Hybrid ARMs through PMI’s structured finance channel.

 

   

Alt-A loans. As of March 31, 2010, 16.8% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of Alt-A loans. In June 2008, we eliminated Alt-A loan eligibility altogether.

 

   

Interest only loans. As of March 31, 2010, 10.8% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of interest only loans.

 

   

Payment option ARMs. As of March 31, 2010, approximately 3.0% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of payment option ARMs. In April 2008, we eliminated future coverage of negatively-amortizing ARM products.

 

   

Less-than-A quality mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2010, 8.4% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of less-than-A quality loans.

We also insure loans that have more than one of the above risk characteristics. As of March 31, 2010, approximately 2.4% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of Above-97s that are less-than-A quality loans, approximately 2.0% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of Alt-A loans that are also Above-97s and approximately 2.7% of PMI’s primary risk in force consisted of interest only loans that are also Above-97s. This “layering” of risk has increased the risk of borrower default. A material portion of these loans were written in 2005 through the first quarter of 2008.

Even in stable economic times, we expect higher default and claim rates for high-LTV, ARM, 2/28 Hybrid ARM, Alt-A, interest only, payment option ARM, and less-than-A quality loans, as well as loans with “layered” risk. Although we attempt to incorporate the higher default and claim rates associated with these loans into our underwriting and pricing models, there can be no assurance that the premiums earned and the associated investment income will prove adequate to compensate for future losses from these loans. Worsening economic conditions, rising unemployment rates and/or additional house price declines could even more significantly increase the default risks associated with these loans. In addition, these same negative economic and market conditions could also significantly increase the default and claim risk on loans for which we did not assume higher default and claim rates.

PMI’s loss experience may increase as its policies continue to age.

Generally, we expect the majority of losses and LAE on insured loans in PMI’s current portfolio to occur during the second through the fourth years after loan origination. 58.7% of PMI’s primary risk in force as of March 31, 2010 is on insurance written from the period of January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2008.

 

S-26


Table of Contents

Accordingly, a significant percentage of the primary portfolio is in, or approaching, its peak claim years. In addition, PMI has experienced adverse and accelerated delinquency development in the 2005, 2006 and 2007 insured loan portfolios. We believe our loss experience will continue as these policies age. If the claim frequency on PMI’s risk in force significantly exceeds the claim frequency that was assumed in setting premium rates, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

Geographic concentration of PMI’s primary insurance in force could continue to increase losses and harm our financial performance.

We are affected by economic downturns and other events in specific regions of the United States where a large portion of our U.S. business is concentrated. As of March 31, 2010, 10.1% of PMI’s primary risk in force was located in Florida and 7.6% was located in California. We are currently experiencing higher levels of losses in those states. In addition, as of March 31, 2010, 21.1% of our primary risk-in-force related to loans located in Illinois, Georgia, New Jersey, New York and Ohio. Collectively these states experienced higher default rates in 2009 and the first quarter of 2010 than other states in the U.S. as a result of relatively weak economic activity, higher unemployment rates and declines in home prices. We expect that our loss experience with respect to risk-in-force in these states will remain elevated in the near future, which could continue to adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

We delegate underwriting authority to mortgage lenders which could cause us to insure mortgage loans that do not conform to our underwriting guidelines, and thereby increase claims and losses.

More than 87% of PMI’s flow new insurance written is underwritten pursuant to a delegated underwriting program under which, subject to periodic audit, certain mortgage lenders may determine whether mortgage loans meet our program guidelines and commit us to issue mortgage insurance. If PMI determines that a lender participating in the delegated program commits PMI to insure a loan that fails to meet all of the approved underwriting guidelines, subject to certain exceptions, PMI has the right to exclude or rescind coverage on the loan. PMI may also suspend or terminate the insured’s delegated authority to extend coverage to new loans if it determines that the insured has not been complying with approved underwriting guidelines. In 2008 and 2009, as a result of significant variance from our quality control standards, we terminated the right of certain customers to participate in the delegated program. Because PMI does not review the underwriting determinations on all loans, claims may be paid on certain loans with unacceptable risk profiles or which failed to meet approved underwriting guidelines at the time of origination. In addition, certain customers who fail to comply with approved underwriting guidelines may go undetected and continue to submit noncompliant loans under their delegated authority.

Higher persistency rates in our U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations place additional constraints on capital, making it more difficult to write new business.

As discussed in “Item 1(D)(5). Business—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Business Composition—Persistency” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, PMI’s persistency rate, which is based on the percentage of primary insurance in force at the beginning of a 12-month period that remains in force at the end of that period, has increased in recent years, rising to 84.3% in 2009 from 82.2% and 75.5% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. PMI’s persistency rate has been positively impacted by lower borrower refinance activity of PMI insured loans, primarily as a result of declining home prices and the diminished availability of loan products. To the extent that home prices continue to decline and residential mortgage refinance activity in the insured loan market remains relatively low, we expect that PMI’s persistency rate will remain high and therefore limit the rate at which PMI’s existing risk in force runs off. Because PMI must maintain sufficient capital to satisfy regulatory risk-to-capital metrics, higher persistency rates, even though they create relatively higher revenues, may constrain PMI’s capital position and its ability to write new business, which may adversely impact our future revenues and results of operations.

 

S-27


Table of Contents

We reinsure a portion of our mortgage insurance default risk with lender-affiliated captive reinsurance companies, which reduces our net premiums written and earned.

Mortgage insurers, including PMI, offer products to lenders that are designed to allow them to participate in the risks and rewards of the mortgage insurance business. Many of the major mortgage lenders have established affiliated captive reinsurance companies. These captive reinsurance companies assume a portion of the risks associated with the lender’s insured mortgage loans in exchange for a percentage of the associated gross premiums. Because the GSEs currently prohibit cessions of gross risk or gross premium cedes greater than 25% to captive reinsurers and PMI ceased seeking excess-of-loss (XOL) captive reinsurance arrangements, we expect the portion of our new primary insurance business that is subject to captive arrangements to decrease. PMI did not enter into any new XOL captive reinsurance agreements in 2009. See “Item 1(D)(9)(a). Business—U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Reinsurance—Captive Reinsurance” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009. PMI will continue to cede premiums under its in-force XOL contracts until they run off and mature pursuant to the existing terms and conditions, and as a result, captive reinsurance agreements will continue to negatively impact our net premiums written and earned.

If we are unable to keep pace with the technological demands of our customers or with the technology-related products and services offered by our competitors, our business and financial performance could be significantly harmed.

Participants in the mortgage lending and mortgage insurance industries rely on e-commerce and other technology to provide and expand their products and services. Our customers generally require that we provide our products and services electronically via the Internet or electronic data transmission, and we process the significant majority of our new insurance written and claims processing electronically. We expect this to continue, and accordingly, we believe that it is essential that we continue to invest resources in maintaining electronic connectivity with our customers and, more generally, in e-commerce and technology. Because of capital constraints, we may reduce costs by, among other things, decreasing the level of resources devoted to e-commerce and technology upgrades. Our business may suffer if we do not keep pace with the technological demands of our customers and the technological capabilities of our competitors.

Regulatory and Litigation Risks

We are subject to heightened litigation risk related to the increase in rescissions.

We believe the rise in the numbers of rescissions heightens the risk of litigation concerning our rescission decisions. As we continue to review our insured loan portfolios, we will likely rescind more insurance policies in the future. The rise in the numbers of rescissions has resulted in lenders and policyholders increasingly challenging our specific rescissions of coverage on individual loans and our general right to rescind coverage under the terms and conditions of PMI’s master policies. “Part I. Item 3. Legal Proceedings” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and “Part II. Item 1. Legal Proceedings” of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 discuss certain rescission-related litigation and arbitration in which PMI is currently involved. In addition to the litigation and arbitration discussed in that section, we are discussing with certain policyholders their objections to PMI’s rescissions of large groups of loans that in the aggregate are material, and as a result, we expect that PMI will engage in litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings related to some portion of these challenged rescissions if we are unable to resolve them informally. Addressing such disputes through litigation or otherwise is likely to be costly even if we are ultimately successful in defending against such claims. As discussed in “—Risks Relating to Risk Management and Loss Reserving—We establish loss reserves with respect to our mortgage insurance policies only upon loan defaults; accordingly, our loss reserve estimates are not intended to be an estimate of future losses” above, if we are not successful in defending these rescissions, we would need to re-establish loss reserves for, and re-assume the risk on, such rescinded loans, which could materially harm our financial condition and results of operations.

 

S-28


Table of Contents

The U.S. mortgage insurance industry and PMI are subject to litigation risk generally.

The mortgage insurance industry and PMI face litigation risk in the ordinary course of operations, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Consumers are bringing a growing number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers. Mortgage insurers, including PMI, have been involved in litigation alleging violations of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974 (“RESPA”) and the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”). In the past, a number of lawsuits have challenged the actions of private mortgage insurers, including PMI, under RESPA, alleging that the insurers have provided products or services at improperly reduced prices in return for the referral of mortgage insurance. RESPA precludes PMI from providing services or products to mortgage lenders free of charge, charging fees for services that are lower than their reasonable or fair market value, and paying fees for services that others provide that are higher than their reasonable or fair market value, in exchange for the referral of settlement services.

Litigation relating to capital markets transactions and securities-related matters in general has increased and is expected to continue to increase as a result of the deterioration of the capital, credit, housing and mortgage markets. In March 2008, we and certain of our executive officers were named in securities class action complaints filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. In April 2008, we and certain of our executive officers and directors were named in two shareholder derivative suits. Both of the derivative suits assert various acts and/or omissions against the defendants. We continue to believe that we have meritorious defenses to these lawsuits and intend to defend ourselves vigorously.

We cannot predict whether additional actions of the types described herein, or other actions, will be brought against us or other mortgage insurers in the future. Any such proceedings could have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The U.S. mortgage insurance industry and PMI are subject to regulatory risk and have been subject to increased scrutiny by insurance and other regulatory authorities.

PMI and the mortgage insurance industry are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation by state insurance departments whose primary goal is to safeguard insurers’ solvency for the protection of policyholders. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad powers to supervisory agencies and officials to examine and investigate insurance companies and to enforce rules or exercise discretion touching almost every aspect of PMI’s business.

We have been subject to increased scrutiny by the Arizona Director and other state insurance regulatory authorities as a result of our substantial losses in recent periods and the decrease in our statutory capital. The Department notified MIC in the third quarter of 2009 of its initiation of a limited scope examination to determine, among other things, whether to exercise discretion and permit MIC to continue writing new business in the event MIC fails to maintain Arizona’s minimum policyholders’ position requirement. In addition, from time to time, we have discussed with certain state insurance regulators their financially hazardous condition regulations generally applicable to licensed insurance companies and those states’ interpretive positions that we are, or could be, in violation of their respective regulations. None of these states has taken any action against MIC to date. As a result of these and other potential future examinations or discussions, state insurance regulatory authorities could require us to cease writing new business or take other actions to restrict our ability to conduct business. Such regulatory actions would adversely affect our operating results.

In addition, the insurance industry has become the focus of increased scrutiny by regulatory and law enforcement authorities concerning certain practices, including captive reinsurance arrangements. MIC continues to respond to administrative subpoenas from the Minnesota Department of Commerce and the Office of Inspector General (“OIG”) of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) for information regarding its captive reinsurance arrangements among other matters. We cannot predict whether the Minnesota Department of Commerce and the HUD OIG’s administrative subpoenas will lead to further inquiries, or investigations, of these matters, or the scope, timing or outcome of any inquiry or actions by those Departments or any inquiry or actions that may be commenced by state insurance departments, attorneys general or other regulators.

 

S-29


Table of Contents

As a result of the deterioration of the housing and mortgage markets in the U.S., regulatory oversight of our insurance subsidiaries may significantly increase in the future. Increased federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to new legal precedents, new regulations or new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.

Changes to the risk-based capital rules applicable to the GSEs could cause PMI’s business to suffer.

The Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), the agency which currently regulates the GSEs, has risk-based capital rules that prescribe treatment of credit enhancement issued by private mortgage insurers and provides capital guidelines for the GSEs in connection with their use of other types of credit protection counterparties in addition to mortgage insurers. The rules require the GSEs to hold different amounts of capital against mortgage insurance coverage according to the rating of the mortgage insurance company that issued the policy. See “Item 1(D)(1)(a). U.S. Mortgage Insurance Operations—Products—Primary Mortgage Insurance—Primary Flow Channel” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009. Although these rules were suspended in 2008, the FHFA, or other governmental authority, including Congress, may revisit the risk-based capital rules and the treatment of mortgage insurance at any time in the future. If the rules change or if the GSEs begin again to follow the FHFA’s risk-based capital rules, demand for our mortgage insurance products could decrease and our consolidated financial condition and results of operation could be adversely affected.

The implementation of the Basel II Capital Accord may affect the use of mortgage insurance.

The Basel II Accord establishes a risk-based capital framework that is applicable to the 10 to 12 largest banking organizations in the United States, as well as to smaller banking organizations with significant international operations. The proposal is being phased-in, and is not expected to be fully implemented in the United States until 2012. However, in light of the current disruption in the financial markets, it is likely that many institutions will ask for a postponement in the mandatory implementation date, and such a request may be granted at the discretion of U.S. bank regulators. In addition, since further changes in the capital framework have been suggested at the international level, the full implementation may be further delayed if significant amendments are adopted. Under the Basel II Accord as adopted in the U.S., banking organizations will determine capital requirements for mortgage loans based on their respective internal models with parameters such as the probability of default and loss given a default. We expect that mortgage insurance will be factored in these internal models and will likely provide mortgage lenders with capital relief by reducing the capital charge on mortgages, although the extent of capital relief will depend upon the particular model employed by the banking organization. We cannot predict the extent of any benefits that lenders will ultimately obtain under Basel II, or how any such benefits may affect the opportunities for growth of the mortgage insurance industry. If Basel II is implemented in a manner that does not provide sufficient capital relief to lenders using mortgage insurance, our business could be negatively impacted.

Other Risks

We are exposed to risk in the winding down of our European and Canadian operations.

Substantial risks remain in the winding down of our European operations as a result of the sustained adverse economic conditions in the United States and, to a lesser degree, the European Union. As a result of PMI Europe’s exposure to U.S. subprime risk under reinsurance agreements and the continued losses associated with such risk, PMI Europe incurred additional losses of $50,000 during the quarter ended March 31, 2010. If the performance of these exposures continues to deteriorate, PMI Europe will continue to experience increased incurred losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our results and financial condition.

Certain of PMI Europe’s CDS contracts contain collateral support provisions which, upon certain defined circumstances, including deterioration of the underlying mortgage loan performance, require PMI Europe to post collateral for the benefit of the counterparty. As of March 31, 2010, PMI Europe had posted collateral of $11.0 million on its CDS transactions. As of March 31, 2010, the maximum amount of collateral that PMI Europe may be

 

S-30


Table of Contents

required to post under these contracts is approximately $31.1 million, including the $11.0 million already posted. We estimate, based on expected defaults and loss payments, that the amount of additional collateral to be posted will be up to $11.0 million in the next twelve months. The actual collateral posted will depend upon deal performance, claim payments and the extent to which PMI Europe is successful in commuting these contracts. PMI Europe is currently engaged in negotiations with one reinsured counterparty regarding the appropriate amounts of collateral required to be posted by PMI Europe under the terms of the applicable reinsurance agreement. If PMI Europe is required to post additional collateral, our financial condition could be negatively impacted.

As a result of changes in the fair value of its CDS contracts, PMI Europe’s financial results have been volatile. The fair value of derivative liabilities was $15.5 million and $43.2 million as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, respectively, and is included in other liabilities on the balance sheet. The fair value of these CDS liabilities includes payment obligations that have been incurred but unpaid as of the balance sheet date. The fair values of PMI Europe’s CDS contracts are affected predominantly by estimated changes in credit spreads of the underlying obligations, which are dependent on the performance of certain prime residential mortgage loans originated throughout Europe, which are the reference assets for the underlying mortgage-related securities. See Note 8, Fair Value Disclosures, to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 for PMI Europe’s methodology in estimating the fair value of its CDS contracts. As estimated credit spreads change, the fair values of these CDS contracts will change and the resulting gains and losses will be recorded in our operating results. In addition, with the adoption of Topic 820, we have incorporated our non-performance risk into the market value of our derivative assets and liabilities. Excluding our non-performance risk, the fair value of these CDS liabilities would have been $17.4 million as of March 31, 2010.

As discussed in Note 8, Fair Value Disclosures, to our Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, in estimating the fair values of CDS contracts, PMI Europe incorporates expected life of contract dates in its internal valuation models. To the extent that credit spreads are higher than at the time of inception of the transaction, extending the expected life from the call date to the maturity date could result in PMI Europe recognizing further significant mark-to-market losses. If counterparties elect to extend PMI Europe’s CDS contracts and spreads remain at their current levels, mark-to-market losses could be material and there will be a greater likelihood of incurring higher than currently expected realized losses in the form of paid claims on the contracts.

Although we do not currently expect that the fair value portion of the CDS liability related to fluctuations in market spreads and our cost of capital will result in any cash outflows, higher than expected defaults, higher loss severities or the acceleration in the timing of claim payments would likely result in an increase in PMI’s expected discounted future net cash outflows and fair value liability, which could materially impact our results of operations.

All of the above risks could result in material losses to PMI Europe in our winding down of its operations and, if significant enough in the aggregate, could require MIC to make additional capital contributions to PMI Europe pursuant to its capital support agreements, which could harm the financial condition of MIC.

PMI Canada’s insured loan portfolio is comprised of non-conforming loans with short-term maturities, ranging from three to seven years from the loan origination date. Approximately 60% of such loans in PMI Canada’s portfolio (approximately $32.7 million of risk in force as of March 31, 2010) will mature in the second half of 2010. As a result of the contraction in the availability of mortgage products for non-prime borrowers in Canada, the borrowers who obtained the short-term loans in PMI Canada’s portfolio may, when their loans become due, be unable to qualify for renewal or refinancing of such loans. If a greater than expected percentage of borrowers holding short-term loans insured by PMI Canada default in 2010, PMI Canada’s losses could significantly increase in 2010 and 2011. However, we do not expect PMI Canada’s losses to be significant to our overall results of operations and financial condition.

 

S-31


Table of Contents

We may not be able to realize all of our deferred tax assets and may be required to record a full or partial valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets.

As of March 31, 2010, we had $482.8 million of deferred tax assets. ASC Topic 740 requires deferred tax assets to be reduced by a valuation allowance, with a corresponding charge to net income, if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. Our management reviews the need to establish a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis, based on, among others, the severity and frequency of operating or capital losses, our capacity for the carryback or carryforward of any losses, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and available tax planning alternatives.

Due to our cumulative operating losses and the continuing economic downturn, we may not have sufficient taxable income to realize all of our deferred tax assets and have in the past recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. As a result, we may be required to record a full valuation allowance or increase our current partial valuation allowance against our remaining net deferred tax assets, with a corresponding charge to net income, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting Estimates—Valuation of Deferred Tax Assets” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 for more discussion.

Our deferred tax assets and other tax attributes could be significantly limited if we experience an “ownership change” as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

We have significant deferred tax assets that are generally available to offset future taxable income or income tax. In the event that we experience an “ownership change” for federal income tax purposes under Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) Section 382 (“Section 382”), we may be restricted annually in our ability to use our tax attributes to offset future taxable income or income tax, including any deferred tax assets and losses that are subsequently recognized with respect to assets that had a built-in-loss on the date of the ownership change. In general, we would be deemed to have an “ownership change” under Section 382 if, immediately after any owner shift involving a 5% shareholder or any equity structure shift, the percentage of ownership by one or more 5% shareholders has increased by more than 50% over the lowest percentage of ownership of our company owned by such shareholders at any time during the three-year testing period. While the complexity of Section 382’s provisions and the limited knowledge any public company has about the ownership of its publicly traded stock make it difficult to determine whether an ownership change has occurred, as of March 31, 2010, we do not believe that an ownership change has occurred that would restrict our ability to use our current deferred tax assets under Section 382. However, we believe that as a result of this offering, it is more likely that an ownership change could occur in the future, including as a result of trading in our stock or otherwise. If an ownership change were to occur, our ability to use these tax credits and other tax attributes would likely be limited, which would have a significant negative impact on our financial position and results of operations. In the future, we may take certain steps to protect our deferred tax assets and other tax attributes, including adoption of a tax benefits preservation plan that may deter acquisitions of 5% or more of our common stock. Any such plan could have a significant effect on the trading market for our stock which could in turn affect the trading price of our common stock and the notes.

It is unlikely we will recover our investment in FGIC.

We made a significant investment in the equity securities of FGIC Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FGIC. Our investment in FGIC Corporation is accounted for under the equity method of accounting in our consolidated financial statements. The carrying value of our investment in FGIC Corporation was zero as of December 31, 2008, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010. FGIC has ceased writing new business in the financial guaranty industry, and we do not expect FGIC to resume writing new business in the future.

 

S-32


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Notes and Our Common Stock

The notes are effectively subordinated to our secured debt and any liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The notes will rank senior in right of payment to our existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; equal in right of payment to our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated; junior in right of payment to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness; and structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including liabilities to policyholders) of our subsidiaries. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, our assets that secure debt will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after the secured debt has been repaid in full from these assets. There may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the notes then outstanding. The indenture governing the notes does not prohibit us from incurring additional senior debt or secured debt, nor does it prohibit any of our subsidiaries from incurring additional liabilities.

As of March 31, 2010, our total consolidated indebtedness was $424.6 million, of which an aggregate of $124.8 million was secured indebtedness of ours and none of which was indebtedness of our subsidiaries. After giving effect to the issuance of the notes (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes) and our concurrent common stock offering and the use of proceeds from both offerings, our total consolidated indebtedness would have been $             million.

The notes are our obligations only and our operations are conducted through, and substantially all of our consolidated assets are held by, our subsidiaries.

The notes are our obligations exclusively and are not guaranteed by any of our operating subsidiaries. We are a holding company and conduct all of our business operations through our subsidiaries. A substantial portion of our consolidated assets is held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our ability to service our debt, including the notes, depends on the results of operations of our subsidiaries and upon the ability of such subsidiaries to provide us with cash, whether in the form of dividends, loans or otherwise, to pay amounts due on our obligations, including the notes. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make payments on the notes or to make any funds available for that purpose. If we are unable to generate cash flow from our subsidiaries’ business, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

The surplus note issued to us by MIC may not provide us with sufficient cash to meet our obligations under the notes.

As discussed under “Use of Proceeds” below, we expect that a portion of the proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering will be used to acquire the Surplus Note from MIC. The terms of the Surplus Note will provide for interest, principal and redemption payments that are generally concurrent with and equivalent to the payment of interest, principal or redemptions with respect to the notes or cash settlements of the notes once such conversions exceed a specified level. Pursuant to the Arizona Insurance Code, our interest in the Surplus Note will be subordinate to the claims of policyholders, claimants and beneficiaries and to all other classes of creditors, other than surplus noteholders. Amounts may only be paid out of surplus, and even if sufficient surplus is available, each interest, principal and redemption payment in respect of the Surplus Note is subject to the prior approval of the Arizona Department of Insurance. Although we have received a letter from the Director of the Arizona Department of Insurance approving MIC’s payment of interest provided all of the terms and conditions of the Surplus Note are satisfied, that approval may be rescinded at any time. In addition, the pre-approval letter does not contain any advance approval of the payment of principal or redemption amounts. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will receive any payments in respect of the Surplus Note, either in a timely manner in order to satisfy our obligations, including our obligations under the notes or at all.

 

S-33


Table of Contents

We may be unable to meet our obligations with respect to the notes because of significant restrictions on the abilities of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.

At maturity, the entire outstanding principal amount of the notes then outstanding will become due and payable by us. At maturity, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the principal amount due. In addition, upon a fundamental change, holders of the notes will have the right to require us to repurchase the notes, and upon conversion of the notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares, if applicable), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the notes being converted as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion.” If we do not have sufficient funds on hand or available to us through the declaration and payment of dividends by our subsidiaries, we will need to seek additional financing to obtain the cash in respect of the notes. Additional financing may not be available to us in the amounts necessary. Our ability to meet our obligations to holders of the notes will depend in large part on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us, in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us.

MIC did not pay dividends to us in 2009 and we do not expect that MIC will be able to pay dividends during 2010. As discussed further under “—Risks Related to Our Business—Risks Relating to Liquidity and Capital Matters—Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance or failures to receive amounts in respect of the Surplus Note, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations, including under the notes,” MIC’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital to us is affected by state insurance laws, credit agreements, rating agencies, the discretion of insurance regulatory authorities, the terms of the conditional approvals we have received from Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with respect to PMAC, the terms of a runoff support agreement with Allstate Insurance Company, or Allstate, and capital support agreements with its subsidiaries. The laws of Arizona, the state of MIC’s domicile for insurance regulatory purposes, provide that MIC may pay out of any available surplus account, without prior approval of the Director, dividends during any 12-month period not to exceed the lesser of 10% of policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding year end or the last calendar year’s net investment income. To pay dividends in excess of that amount, MIC must obtain the prior approval of the Director of the Arizona Department of Insurance. In addition to Arizona, other states may limit or restrict MIC’s ability to pay shareholder dividends. For example, California and New York prohibit mortgage insurers from declaring dividends except from undivided profits remaining above the aggregate of their paid-in capital, paid-in surplus and contingency reserves.

It is possible that Arizona will adopt revised statutory provisions or interpretations of existing statutory provisions that will be more or less restrictive than those described above or will otherwise take actions that may further restrict the ability of MIC to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital.

Under the terms of the agreement that we entered into with Fannie Mae with respect to PMAC, PMI has agreed not to pay dividends or make distributions with respect to its capital stock without the consent of Fannie Mae, subject to limited exceptions (including exceptions for payments under the Surplus Note and payments The PMI Group, Inc. is required to cause MIC to make under our credit facility). The approval letter from Freddie Mac is contingent upon compliance with similar restrictions.

In addition, MIC has entered into capital support agreements with its European subsidiaries that could require MIC to make additional capital contributions to those subsidiaries in order to maintain their credit ratings. The PMI Group has guaranteed the performance of MIC’s capital support obligations under those agreements. We may also guarantee the performance of MIC’s capital support obligations under similar agreements that it may enter into in the future. If MIC is required to make additional capital contributions to those subsidiaries, then the funds available for dividends, distributions and returns of capital to us will be reduced.

 

S-34


Table of Contents

Despite our current debt levels, we may still incur substantially more debt or take other actions which would intensify the risks discussed above.

Despite our current consolidated debt levels, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future, some of which may be secured, subject to the restrictions contained in our debt instruments. We will not be restricted under the terms of the indenture governing the notes from incurring additional debt, securing existing or future debt, recapitalizing our debt or taking a number of other actions that could have the effect of diminishing our ability to make payments on the notes when due.

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the notes or to repurchase the notes upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or repurchase of the notes.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders of the notes will have the right to require us to repurchase the notes at 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, as described under “Description of Notes—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes.” In addition, upon conversion of the notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares, if applicable), we will be required to make cash payments in respect of the notes being converted as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion.” However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of notes surrendered for repurchase upon a fundamental change or to make cash payments in respect of notes that are being converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase the notes or to pay cash upon conversions of the notes may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the notes as required by the indenture would constitute a default under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future or other existing indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.

The settlement feature of the notes may have adverse consequences.

The settlement feature of the notes, as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion”, may:

 

   

result in holders receiving no common stock upon conversion;

 

   

delay holders’ receipt of the proceeds upon conversion; and

 

   

subject holders to market risk before receiving any common stock or cash upon conversion.

The conditional conversion features of the notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

In the event the conditional conversion features of the notes are triggered, holders of notes will be entitled to convert the notes at any time during specified periods at their option. See “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights.” If one or more holders elect to convert their notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares, if applicable), we would be required to settle all or a portion of our conversion obligations through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to classify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital.

 

S-35


Table of Contents

Recent developments in the convertible debt markets may adversely affect the market value of the notes.

Governmental actions that interfere with the ability of convertible notes investors to effect short sales of the underlying shares of our common stock could significantly affect the market value of the notes. Such government actions would make the convertible arbitrage strategy that many convertible notes investors employ difficult to execute for outstanding convertible notes of any company whose shares of common stock are subject to such actions. At an open meeting on February 24, 2010 the SEC adopted a new short sale price test, which will take effect on May 10, 2010 through an amendment to Rule 201 of Regulation SHO. The new Rule 201 will restrict short selling only when a stock price has triggered a circuit breaker by falling at least 10 percent from the previous day’s closing price, at which point short sale orders can be displayed or executed only if the order price is above the current national best bid, subject to certain limited exceptions. If such new price test precludes convertible notes investors from executing the convertible arbitrage strategy that they employ or other limitations are instituted by the SEC or any other regulatory agencies, the market value of the notes could be adversely affected.

The accounting method for the notes is subject to uncertainty, including as a result of recent changes that could have a material effect on our reported financial results.

In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, which we refer to as FASB, issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which is now codified as Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 and which we refer to as Topic 470-20. Under Topic 470-20, an entity must separately account for the liability and equity components of the convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of Topic 470-20 on the accounting for the notes is that the equity component would be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet and the value of the equity component would be treated as original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the notes. As a result we will be required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods presented as a result of the amortization of the discounted carrying value of the notes to their face amount over the term of the notes. We will report lower net income in our financial results because Topic 470-20 will require interest to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and the instrument’s coupon interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of the notes.

In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments (such as the notes) that may be settled entirely or partly in cash are currently accounted for utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the securities are not included in the calculation of earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the securities exceeds their principal amount. Under the treasury stock method, for earnings per share purposes, the transaction is accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that is necessary to settle such excess are issued. Our ability to utilize the treasury stock method in the future will depend, among other things, on the extent to which The PMI Group has adequate liquidity to settle the principal amount of the notes in cash upon potential conversion of the notes. In addition, we cannot be sure that accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes, then, if and when we return to profitability, our earnings per share would be adversely affected.

Volatility in the market price and trading volume of our common stock could adversely impact the trading price of the notes or any common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes.

Stock prices in general, and the price of our common stock in particular, have experienced significant fluctuation over the past year. As recently as March 10, 2009, the closing price of our common stock was $0.30, 95.5% lower than the closing price of our common stock as of April 23, 2010. The market price of our common stock may continue to be subject to significant fluctuations due to general stock market conditions and change in

 

S-36


Table of Contents

market perception of the mortgage insurance industry, as well as a variety of other factors, including those described above and under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and “Part II. Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, and the following:

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

our capital and liquidity constraints;

 

   

increases in our loss experience, including as a result of domestic and international economic recessions, declining values of homes, higher unemployment rates and tightening credit market;

 

   

our ability to raise additional capital and to repay our debts;

 

   

legislative or regulatory changes that may affect the demand and pricing for private mortgage insurance;

 

   

changes in the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market, or the changes in the policies or practices of the GSEs;

 

   

changes in our capital requirements; and

 

   

general financial, domestic, international, economic and other market conditions.

A decrease in the market price of our common stock would likely adversely impact the trading price of the notes. The price of our common stock could also be affected by possible sales of our common stock by investors who view the notes as a more attractive means of equity participation in us and by hedging or arbitrage trading activity that we expect to develop involving our common stock. This trading activity could, in turn affect the trading prices of the notes.

Future issuances of our common stock may adversely affect our stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering, or the perception by the market that those sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through the sale of equity in the future. Likewise, additional equity financings or other share issuances by us could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We expect to incur significant losses in 2010. We cannot be sure that we will not need to raise additional capital in the future, as a result of continuing or worsening economic conditions or otherwise. If we do need to raise additional capital, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so on favorable terms or at all. In addition, any such financing could be significantly dilutive to our existing shareholders and result in the issuance of securities that have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our common stock.

Concurrently with this offering, pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement, we are offering              shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares with respect to that offering in full). In addition, a substantial number of shares of our common stock is reserved for issuance upon conversion of the notes. The issuance and sale of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that such issuances and sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of the notes and the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities.

Insurance laws and regulations, provisions of our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law, as well as the repurchase right in the notes triggered by a fundamental change, may prevent holders of our common stock from realizing a premium as a result of a change of control of The PMI Group, which could affect the trading value of the notes.

The PMI Group is treated as an insurance holding company under the laws of the States of Arizona, Wisconsin and New York, based on its ownership and affiliation with MIC and its other insurance subsidiaries.

 

S-37


Table of Contents

These laws restrict third parties from acquiring control of The PMI Group without prior approval of the relevant departments of insurance. Control is presumed to exist under Arizona and New York law if a person (or persons whose ownership is required to be aggregated) owns 10% or more, and under Wisconsin law if a person (or persons whose ownership is required to be aggregated) owns more than 10%, of the voting securities of The PMI Group. In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to fix the terms of, and issue, preferred stock from time to time without stockholder approval and requires greater than majority approval by stockholders to effect certain actions. The repurchase and conversion rights in the notes triggered by a fundamental change also could discourage a potential acquiror. These insurance laws and regulations, our certificate of incorporation and provisions of Delaware law and the terms of the notes may deter or prevent acquisitions of The PMI Group even if stockholders would be in favor of such transactions, which could in turn affect the trading price of our common stock and the notes.

Holders of the notes will not be entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock, but will be subject to all changes made with respect to them to the extent our conversion obligation includes shares of our common stock.

Holders of the notes will not be entitled to any rights with respect to our common stock (including, without limitation, voting rights and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on our common stock) prior to the conversion date relating to such notes (if we have elected to settle the relevant conversion by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares, if applicable)) or the last trading day of the relevant cash settlement averaging period (if we elect to pay and deliver, as the case may be, a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in respect of the relevant conversion), but holders of notes will be subject to all changes affecting our common stock. For example, if an amendment is proposed to our certificate of incorporation or by-laws requiring stockholder approval and the record date for determining the stockholders of record entitled to vote on the amendment occurs prior to the conversion date related to a holder’s conversion of its notes (if we have elected to settle the relevant conversion by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than cash in lieu of any fractional shares, if applicable)) or the last trading day of the cash settlement averaging period (if we elect to pay and deliver, as the case may be, a combination of cash and shares of our common stock in respect of the relevant conversion), such holder will not be entitled to vote on the amendment, although such holder will nevertheless be subject to any changes affecting our common stock.

The conditional conversion features of the notes could result in holders receiving less than the value of our common stock into which the notes would otherwise be convertible.

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, holders may convert their notes only if specified conditions are met. If the specific conditions for conversion are not met, holders will not be able to convert their notes, and holders may not be able to receive the value of the cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, as applicable, into which the notes would otherwise be convertible.

Upon conversion of the notes, holders may receive less valuable consideration than expected because the value of our common stock may decline after holders exercise their conversion right.

Under the notes, a converting holder will be exposed to fluctuations in the value of our common stock during the period from the date such holder surrenders notes for conversion until the date we settle our conversion obligation.

Upon conversion of the notes, we have the option to pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock. If we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation in cash or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, the amount of consideration that a holder will receive upon conversion of its notes will be determined by reference to the volume weighted average prices of our common stock for each trading day in a 25 trading day cash settlement averaging period as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion” in this prospectus

 

S-38


Table of Contents

supplement. Accordingly, if the price of our common stock decreases during this period, the amount and/or value of consideration a holder receives will be adversely affected. In addition, if the market price of our common stock at the end of such period is below the average of the volume weighted average price of our common stock during such period, the value of any shares of our common stock that a holder will receive in satisfaction of our conversion obligation will be less than the value used to determine the number of shares that a holder will receive.

If we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation solely in shares of our common stock upon conversion of the notes, we will be required to deliver the shares of our common stock, together with cash for any fractional shares, if applicable, on the third business day following the relevant conversion date. Accordingly, if the price of our common stock decreases during this period, the value of the shares a holder receives will be adversely affected and would be less than the value of the common stock underlying the notes on the conversion date.

The notes are not protected by restrictive covenants.

The indenture governing the notes does not contain any financial or operating covenants or restrictions on the payments of dividends, the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance or repurchase of securities by us or any of our subsidiaries. The indenture contains no covenants or other provisions to protect holders of the notes in the event of a fundamental change involving us except to the extent described under “Description of Notes— Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes,” “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change” and “Description of Notes—Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets.”

The adjustment to the conversion rate for notes converted in connection with a make-whole fundamental change may not adequately compensate holders for any lost value of their notes as a result of such transaction.

If a make-whole fundamental change occurs prior to maturity, under certain circumstances, we will increase the conversion rate by a number of additional shares of our common stock for notes converted in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. The increase in the conversion rate will be determined based on the date on which the specified corporate event becomes effective and the price paid (or deemed paid) per share of our common stock in such transaction, as described below under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change.” The adjustment to the conversion rate for notes converted in connection with a make-whole fundamental change may not adequately compensate holders for any lost option value of their notes as a result of such transaction. In addition, if the price of our common stock in the transaction is greater than $             per share or less than $             (in each case, subject to adjustment), no adjustment will be made to the conversion rate. Moreover, in no event will the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion as a result of this adjustment exceed              per $1,000 principal amount of notes, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Conversion Rate Adjustments.”

Our obligation to increase the conversion rate upon the occurrence of a make-whole fundamental change could be considered a penalty, in which case the enforceability thereof would be subject to general principles of reasonableness of economic remedies.

The conversion rate of the notes may not be adjusted for all dilutive events.

The conversion rate of the notes is subject to adjustment for certain events, including, but not limited to, the issuance of stock dividends on our common stock, the issuance of certain rights or warrants, subdivisions, combinations, distributions of capital stock, indebtedness, or assets, cash dividends and certain issuer tender or exchange offers as described under “Description of Notes—Conversion Rights—Conversion Rate Adjustments.” However, the conversion rate will not be adjusted for other events, such as a third-party tender or exchange offer

 

S-39


Table of Contents

or an issuance of common stock for cash, that may adversely affect the trading price of the notes or the common stock. An event that adversely affects the value of the notes may occur, and that event may not result in an adjustment to the conversion rate.

Some significant restructuring transactions may not constitute a fundamental change, in which case we would not be obligated to repurchase the notes at a holder’s option.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders have the right to require us to repurchase their notes. However, the fundamental change provisions will not afford protection to holders of notes in the event of other transactions that do not constitute a fundamental change but that could nevertheless adversely affect the notes. For example, transactions such as leveraged recapitalizations, refinancings, restructurings, or acquisitions initiated by us may not constitute a fundamental change requiring us to repurchase the notes. In the event of any such transaction, the holders would not have the right to require us to repurchase the notes, even though each of these transactions could increase the amount of our indebtedness, or otherwise adversely affect our capital structure or any credit ratings, thereby adversely affecting the holders of notes.

An active trading market may not develop for the notes.

Prior to this offering, there has been no trading market for the notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for quotation on any interdealer quotation system. We have been informed by the underwriters that they intend to make a market in the notes after the offering is completed. However, the underwriters may cease their market-making at any time without notice. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the notes, and the market price quoted for the notes, may be adversely affected by changes in the overall market for this type of security and by changes in our financial performance or prospects or in the prospects for companies in our industry generally. In addition, such market-making activities may be subject to limits imposed by the United States federal securities laws. As a result, an active trading market may not develop for the notes. If an active trading market does not develop or is not maintained, the market price and liquidity of the notes may be adversely affected. In that case holders may not be able to sell their notes at a particular time or holders may not be able to sell their notes at a favorable price.

Any adverse rating of the notes may cause their trading price to fall.

We do not intend to seek a rating on the notes. However, if a rating service were to rate the notes and if such rating service were to lower its rating on the notes below the rating initially assigned to the notes or otherwise announces its intention to put the notes on credit watch, the trading price of the notes could decline.

Holders may be subject to tax if we make or fail to make certain adjustments to the conversion rate of the notes even though holders do not receive a corresponding cash distribution.

The conversion rate of the notes is subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, including the payment of cash dividends. If the conversion rate is adjusted as a result of a distribution that is taxable to our common stockholders, such as a cash dividend, holders may be deemed to have received a dividend subject to U.S. federal income tax without the receipt of any cash. In addition, a failure to adjust (or to adjust adequately) the conversion rate after an event that increases a holder’s proportionate interest in us could be treated as a deemed taxable dividend to such holder. If a make-whole fundamental change occurs on or prior to the maturity date of the notes, under some circumstances, we will increase the conversion rate for notes converted in connection with the make-whole fundamental change. Such increase may also be treated as a distribution subject to U.S. federal income tax. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” If a holder is a non-U.S. holder (as defined in “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”), any deemed dividend would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty, which may be set off against subsequent payments on the notes. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

S-40


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Information

Statements we make or incorporate by reference in this and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that are not historical facts, that are preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates” or similar expressions, or that relate to future plans, events or performance are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. When a forward-looking statement includes an underlying assumption, we caution that, while we believe the assumption to be reasonable and make it in good faith, assumed facts almost always vary from actual results, and the difference between assumed facts and actual results can be material. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results, there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks or uncertainties including, but not limited to, the “Supplemental Risk Factors” above. Other risks are referred to from time to time in our periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. All of our forward-looking statements are qualified by and should be read in conjunction with our risk disclosures. Except as may be required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

S-41


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We expect that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of $200 million principal amount of our    % Convertible Notes due 2020 in this offering of approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional notes in this offering in full. The actual principal amount of the convertible notes that we sell and the related net proceeds, however, may vary based on market conditions.

We also expect that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of              shares of our common stock in the concurrent offering of our common stock of approximately $             million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of that offering, or $             million, if the underwriters of that offering exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Pursuant to the terms of our credit facility, 33% of the net proceeds we receive from this offering and the concurrent common stock offering must be applied to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our credit facility, subject to a maximum repayment amount of $75 million. Accordingly, we will use $75 million of the net proceeds from this offering and our concurrent common stock offering to repay a portion of our indebtedness under our credit facility. The weighted average interest rate under our credit facility was 4.25% at March 31, 2010. Our credit facility matures on October 24, 2011. We use borrowings under our credit facility for working capital and general corporate purposes. We expect to use $35 million to $40 million of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering and our concurrent common stock offering for working capital and general corporate purposes for The PMI Group, Inc. We expect to contribute the remaining net proceeds of this offering and our concurrent common stock offering to MIC, with an amount equal to the gross proceeds from this offering to be contributed in the form of the Surplus Note, and the remaining amount to be contributed in the form of a contribution to capital. We expect that MIC will use such amounts for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The terms of the Surplus Note will provide for interest, principal and redemption payments that are generally concurrent with and equivalent to the payments of interest, principal and redemptions with respect to the notes, as well as redemption payments generally equivalent to cash settlements of conversions of the notes that may be made from time to time, subject to certain exceptions for conversions of notes that represent less than 1% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the notes (with redemption payments in respect of de minimis conversions to be made as the aggregate of such conversions for which redemption payments have not previously been made exceed 1%). Pursuant to the Arizona Insurance Code, our interest in the Surplus Note will be subordinate to the claims of policyholders, claimants and beneficiaries and to all other classes of creditors, other than surplus noteholders. Amounts may only be paid out of surplus, and even if sufficient surplus is available, each interest, principal and redemption payment in respect of the Surplus Note is subject to the prior approval of the Arizona Department of Insurance. Although we have received a letter from the Director approving MIC’s payment of interest provided all of the terms and conditions of the Surplus Note are satisfied, that approval may be rescinded at any time. In addition, the pre-approval letter does not contain any advance approval of the payment of principal or redemption amounts. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will receive any payments in respect of the Surplus Note, either in a timely manner in order to meet our obligations under the notes or at all.

 

S-42


Table of Contents

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The table below sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical basis for each of the periods indicated:

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

 

Three
Months
Ended
March 31,

2010

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 
*   *   *   8.56   7.87   *

 

*   Total earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $241.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, by $1.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009, by $1.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $494.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Total losses for the first quarter of 2010 included approximately $72.4 million of an increase in net loss reserves and a $40.8 million increase in the fair value of debt instruments. Total losses for 2009 included approximately $319.9 million of an increase in net loss reserves. Total losses for 2008 included approximately $1.1 billion of an increase in net loss reserves and a $103.6 million impairment of the investment in FGIC. Total losses for 2007 included approximately $795 million of increase in net loss reserves, $763.3 million in equity losses from FGIC, a $39 million partial impairment of the investment in RAM Holdings Ltd. and a $36 million impairment of deferred policy acquisition costs.

For purposes of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represent income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Income does not include equity earnings in unconsolidated subsidiaries less than 50% owned. “Fixed charges” represent interest expense plus that portion of rent expense that, in our opinion, approximates the interest factor included in rent expense plus distributions on redeemable capital securities. As of the date of this prospectus supplement, we have no preferred stock outstanding.

Because we have no preferred stock issued (and have not had any issued during the fiscal years or periods shown above), a ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends is not presented.

 

S-43


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2010:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted basis giving effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of notes in this offering and shares of common stock in the concurrent offering after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option in this offering or in our concurrent common stock offering. This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

 

     As of March 31, 2010
     Actual     As
Adjusted
     (Dollars in thousands)

Long-term debt:

    

Credit facility

     124,750     

Junior subordinated debentures

     51,593     

6.000% senior notes due 2016

     163,438     

6.625% senior notes due 2036

     84,789     

         % convertible notes due 2020 offered hereby(1)

     —       

Total long-term debt

   $ 424,570      $  
              

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —       

Common Stock, $0.01 par value: 250,000,000 shares authorized; 119,313,767 and              shares issued

     1,193     

Additional paid-in capital(1)

     862,735     

Treasury stock, at cost (36,307,448 shares)

     (1,305,986  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     71,744     

Retained earnings

     947,741     
              

Total shareholders’ equity

     577,427     
              

Total capitalization

   $ 1,001,997      $             
              

 

(1)   The recording of the notes reflects the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 (previously FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1), Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which will be adopted by us in 2010 subsequent to the offering. Under Topic 470-20, an entity must separately account for the proceeds of convertible debt instruments that have stated terms permitting cash settlement upon conversion by allocating the instrument’s liability and equity components in a manner that reflects our economic interest cost over the life of the instrument. The carrying value of the equity component will be the difference between the initial proceeds of the offering and the fair value of the liability component, or the debt discount. Pursuant to Topic 470-20, the equity component and the liability component of the instrument will be included in additional paid-in capital and long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet, respectively.

The share numbers above exclude shares of common stock, if any, issuable upon conversion of the notes.

 

S-44


Table of Contents

The share numbers above also exclude, as of March 31, 2010:

 

   

7,308,663 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $22.98 per share and 1,194,682 shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding restricted stock units;

 

   

418,693 shares available for future grant under our equity incentive plan; and

 

   

235,714 shares issuable under our employee stock purchase plan.

 

S-45


Table of Contents

Price Range of Common Stock and Dividend Policy

Our common stock, which trades under the symbol “PMI”, has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since April 18, 1995. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

     High    Low

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2008:

     

First quarter

   13.46    4.82

Second quarter

   6.53    1.87

Third quarter

   5.43    1.20

Fourth quarter

   3.36    1.15

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009:

     

First quarter

   2.79    0.26

Second quarter

   2.99    0.60

Third quarter

   4.96    1.27

Fourth quarter

   4.24    1.81

Fiscal year ending December 31, 2010:

     

First quarter

   5.83    2.11

Second quarter (through April 23, 2010)

   7.75    5.52

On April 23, 2010, the last reported sale price for our common stock on the NYSE was $6.63 per share. As of April 21, 2010, there were 103 stockholders of record of our common stock.

We have not declared a dividend on our common stock since 2008. We paid regular dividends on our common stock of $0.0025 per share in each of the quarters in the period from July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008; and $0.0125 per share in each of the quarters in the period from January 1, 2008 through June 30, 2008.

We do not expect that our Board of Directors will declare a quarterly dividend for the foreseeable future. The payment of future dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which will consider, among other factors, our consolidated operating results, our overall financial condition and capital requirements, as well as general business conditions. The PMI Group, as a holding company, is dependent upon dividends and any other permitted payments from its subsidiaries to enable it to pay dividends and to service outstanding debt. MIC’s ability to pay dividends or make distributions or returns of capital to The PMI Group is affected by state insurance laws, credit agreements, rating agencies, the discretion of insurance regulatory authorities, the terms of our runoff support agreement with Allstate Insurance Company and capital support agreements with our subsidiaries and the terms of our agreement with Fannie Mae and our letter from Freddie Mac relating to PMAC. See “Supplemental Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Risks Relating to Liquidity and Capital Matters—Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance or failures to receive amounts in respect of the Surplus Note, could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations, including under the notes”, and the notes to our consolidated financial statements incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement.

 

S-46


Table of Contents

Concurrent Common Stock Offering

Concurrently with this offering of notes, we are offering             shares of our common stock (or a total of             shares of our common stock if the underwriters in that offering exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement.

We expect to raise approximately $             million in aggregate gross proceeds from the two offerings (or approximately $             million if the underwriters in each offering exercise their options to purchase additional notes or shares, as the case may be, in full). The amounts sold in this offering may increase or decrease based on market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will complete the common stock offering. This offering and the common stock offering are contingent upon each other.

This description and the other information in this prospectus supplement regarding the common stock offering is included in this prospectus supplement solely for informational purposes. Nothing in this prospectus supplement should be construed as an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, our common stock.

 

S-47


Table of Contents

Description of the Notes

We will issue the notes under a base senior indenture dated as of November 3, 2003 between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to The Bank of New York), as trustee (the “trustee”), as supplemented by a supplemental indenture with respect to the notes. In this section, we refer to the base senior indenture (the “base indenture”), as supplemented by the supplemental indenture (the “supplemental indenture”), collectively as the “indenture.” This description of the notes supplements and, to the extent it is inconsistent, replaces the description of the general provisions of the notes and the base indenture in the accompanying prospectus. The terms of the notes include those expressly set forth in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

Holders may request a copy of the indenture from us as described under “Where You Can Find More Information” in the accompanying prospectus.

The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the notes and the indenture and does not purport to be complete. This summary is subject to and is qualified by reference to all the provisions of the notes and the indenture, including the definitions of certain terms used in the indenture. We urge you to read these documents because they, and not this description, define your rights as a holder of the notes.

For purposes of this description, references to “we,” “our” and “us” refer only to The PMI Group, Inc. and not to its subsidiaries.

General

The notes:

 

   

will be our general unsecured, senior obligations;

 

   

will initially be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $200 million (or $230 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes is exercised in full);

 

   

will bear cash interest from April     , 2010 at an annual rate of     % payable in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2010;

 

   

will be subject to redemption at our option, in whole or in part, on or after April 15, 2015, at the redemption price specified herein, but only if the last reported sale price of our common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date we provide the notice of redemption to holders exceeds 130% of the conversion price in effect on each such trading day;

 

   

will be subject to repurchase by us at the option of the holders following a fundamental change (as defined below under “—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes”), at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date;

 

   

will mature on April 15, 2020, unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased;

 

   

will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000; and

 

   

will be represented by one or more registered notes in global form, but in certain limited circumstances may be represented by notes in definitive form. See “Book-entry, Settlement and Clearance.”

Subject to fulfillment of certain conditions and during the periods described below, the notes may be converted at an initial conversion rate of              shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $              per share of common stock). The conversion rate is subject to adjustment if certain events occur.

 

S-48


Table of Contents

We will settle conversions of notes by paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, as described under “—Conversion Rights—Settlement Upon Conversion.” Holders will not receive any separate cash payment for interest, if any, accrued and unpaid to the conversion date except under the limited circumstances described below.

The indenture does not limit the amount of debt which may be issued by us or our subsidiaries under the indenture or otherwise. The indenture does not contain any financial covenants and does not restrict us from paying dividends or issuing or repurchasing our other securities. Other than restrictions described under “—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes” and “—Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets” below and except for the provisions set forth under “—Conversion Rights—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change,” the indenture does not contain any covenants or other provisions designed to afford holders of the notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction involving us or in the event of a decline in our credit rating as the result of a takeover, recapitalization, highly leveraged transaction or similar restructuring involving us that could adversely affect such holders.

We may, without the consent of the holders, issue additional notes under the indenture with the same terms and with the same CUSIP numbers as the notes offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that such additional notes must be part of the same issue as the notes offered hereby for federal income tax purposes. We may also from time to time repurchase notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions without giving prior notice to holders. Any notes purchased by us will be retired and no longer outstanding under the indenture.

We do not intend to list the notes on a national securities exchange or to arrange the notes to be quoted on any automated interdealer quotation system.

The notes are our general, unsecured obligations. As further discussed in “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture—Limitations on Liens” in the accompanying prospectus, so long as debt securities are outstanding under the indenture, we and our subsidiaries may not create, issue, assume, incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money that is secured by a pledge on any of the present or future capital stock of MIC unless the notes, any other notes issued under the indenture and, if we elect, any other indebtedness ranking at least equally with the notes, are secured equally and ratably with or prior to that other indebtedness for borrowed money so long as that other indebtedness is outstanding. In May 2009, the capital stock of MIC that had previously been pledged pursuant to our Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2006, among us, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, as described under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Debt Securities May Be Senior or Subordinated” and “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Covenants in the Senior Indenture—Limitation on Liens”, in the accompanying prospectus, was released from the pledge and, accordingly, the notes will not be secured by the capital stock of MIC at the time they are issued.

Payments on the Notes; Paying Agent and Security Registrar; Transfer and Exchange

We will pay principal of and interest on notes in global form registered in the name of or held by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such global note.

We will pay principal of and interest on any certificated notes at the office or agency designated by us for that purpose. We have initially designated the trustee as our paying agent and security registrar and its agency at the corporate trust office of the trustee as specified in the accompanying prospectus as a place where notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer. We may, however, change the paying agent or security registrar without prior notice to the holders of the notes, and we may act as paying agent or security registrar.

 

S-49


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the accompanying prospectus, interest on certificated notes will be payable (i) to holders owning an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less, by check mailed to the holders of these notes and (ii) to holders owning an aggregate principal amount of more than $5,000,000, either by check mailed to each holder or, upon application by a holder to the security registrar not later than the relevant record date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the holder notifies, in writing, the security registrar to the contrary.

A holder of notes may transfer or exchange notes at the office of the security registrar in accordance with the indenture. The security registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. No service charge will be imposed by us, the trustee or the security registrar for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes, but we may require a holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge required by law or permitted by the indenture. We are not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption or surrendered for conversion.

The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

Interest

The notes will bear cash interest at a rate of     % per year until maturity. Interest on the notes will accrue from April     , 2010 or from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2010.

Interest will be paid to the person in whose name a note is registered at the close of business on April 1 or October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant interest payment date. Interest on the notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

If any interest payment date, any redemption date, the maturity date or any earlier required repurchase date upon the occurrence of a fundamental change falls on a day that is not a business day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding business day and no interest on such payment will accrue in respect of the delay. The term “business day” means, with respect to any note, any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed.

All references to interest in this prospectus supplement include additional interest, if any, payable at our election as the sole remedy relating to the failure to comply with our reporting obligations as described under “—Events of Default.”

Ranking

The notes will be our general unsecured obligations that rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes. The notes will rank equally in right of payment with all of our existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated. The notes will effectively rank junior to any of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The notes will be structurally junior to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations (including liabilities to policyholders) incurred by our subsidiaries. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of us, our assets that secure secured debt will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all indebtedness under such secured debt has been repaid in full from such assets. We advise holders that there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all the notes then outstanding.

 

S-50


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2010, our total consolidated indebtedness was $424.6 million, of which an aggregate of $124.8 million was secured indebtedness of ours and none of which was indebtedness of our subsidiaries. After giving effect to the issuance of the notes (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional notes) and the use of proceeds therefrom, our total consolidated indebtedness would have been $             million.

Optional Redemption

No sinking fund is provided for the notes. Prior to April 15, 2015, the notes will not be redeemable. On or after April 15, 2015, if the last reported sale price of our common stock for 20 or more trading days in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date we provide the notice of redemption to holders exceeds 130% of the conversion price in effect on each such trading day, we may redeem for cash all or part of the notes; provided that we may not redeem the notes if the redemption date would be after the maturity date. The “redemption price” will equal the sum of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed payable in cash, (2) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date payable in cash, and (3) a “make-whole premium” as described below.

If we redeem notes as described above on or after April 15, 2015, we will make a “make-whole premium” payment or delivery, as the case may be, in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, equal to the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of interest that would have been made on the notes to be redeemed had such notes remained outstanding from the redemption date to April 15, 2020 (excluding interest accrued to, but excluding, the redemption date, which is otherwise paid pursuant to clause (2) of the definition of redemption price in the preceding paragraph). The present values of the remaining interest payments will be computed using a discount rate equal to     %. If we elect to pay some or all of the make-whole premium in shares of our common stock, then the number of shares of our common stock a holder will receive will be that number of shares that have a value equal to the amount of the make-whole premium payment to be paid to such holder in shares, divided by the product of (1) the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the five trading-day period ending on, and including, the third trading day immediately preceding the redemption date and (2) 97.5%.

We must make these make-whole premium payments on all notes called for redemption prior to April 15, 2020, including notes converted after the date we provide the notice of redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we set a redemption date between a record date and the corresponding interest payment date, we will not pay accrued interest to any redeeming holder, and will instead pay the full amount of the relevant interest payment on such interest payment date to the holder of record on such a record date, and the make-whole premium payment made on such notes to converting or redeeming holders will equal the present values of all remaining interest payments, starting with the next interest payment date for which interest has not been provided for above, calculated as described above.

We will give written notice of redemption not less than 35 scheduled trading days nor more than 60 calendar days before the redemption date to the trustee, the paying agent and each holder of notes. Such notice will specify (i) the relevant settlement method and, if applicable, the related cash amount, with respect to any conversions following our notice of redemption, and (ii) whether we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, the make-whole premium in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares our common stock (and, if a combination, will specify the dollar amount of the make-whole premium to be paid in cash). If we do not specify the type of consideration by which we will pay the make-whole premium, we will be required to pay the make-whole premium entirely in cash.

If we decide to redeem fewer than all of the outstanding notes, the trustee will select the notes to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) by lot, or on a pro rata basis or by another method the trustee considers fair and appropriate. If the trustee selects a portion of a holder’s notes for partial redemption and a holder converts a portion of its notes, the converted portion will be deemed to be from the portion selected for redemption.

 

S-51


Table of Contents

In the event of any redemption in part, we shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of notes and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is deemed to have been provided to all holders of notes to be redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any notes so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any notes being redeemed in part.

No notes may be redeemed by us if the principal amount of the notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the relevant redemption date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by us in the payment of the redemption price with respect to such notes).

Conversion Rights

General

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, the notes will be convertible only upon satisfaction of one or more of the conditions described under the headings “—Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Sale Price Condition,” “—Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition,” “—Conversion Upon Notice of Redemption,” and “—Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Events.” On or after January 15, 2020, holders may convert each of their notes at the applicable conversion rate at any time prior to the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date irrespective of the foregoing conditions. The conversion rate will initially be shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes (equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $             per share of common stock ). Upon conversion of a note, we will satisfy our conversion obligation by paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, all as set forth below under “—Settlement Upon Conversion.” If we satisfy our conversion obligation solely in cash or through payment and delivery, as the case may be, of a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, the amount of cash and shares of common stock, if any, due upon conversion will be based on a daily conversion value (as defined below under “—Settlement Upon Conversion”) calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in a 25 trading day cash settlement averaging period (as defined below under “—Settlement Upon Conversion”). The trustee will initially act as the conversion agent.

The conversion rate and the equivalent conversion price in effect at any given time are referred to as the “applicable conversion rate” and the “applicable conversion price,” respectively, and will be subject to adjustment as described below. A holder may convert fewer than all of such holder’s notes so long as the notes converted are a multiple of $1,000 principal amount.

If a holder of notes has submitted notes for repurchase upon a fundamental change, the holder may convert those notes only if that holder first withdraws its repurchase election.

Upon conversion, holders of our notes will not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as described below and other than the make-whole premium described under “—Conversion Upon Notice of Redemption” below in the case of a redemption of the notes at our option. We will not issue fractional shares of our common stock upon conversion of notes. Instead, we will elect, in our sole discretion, to (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” or (ii) round up the number of shares of stock issuable upon conversion of notes to the nearest whole number of shares. Our delivery to holders of cash or a combination of cash and the full number of shares of our common stock, if applicable, together with any cash payment for any fractional share, if applicable, into which a note is convertible, will be deemed to satisfy in full our obligation to pay:

 

   

the principal amount of the note; and

 

   

accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the conversion date.

 

S-52


Table of Contents

As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the conversion date will be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Upon a conversion of notes into a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, accrued and unpaid interest will be deemed to be paid first out of any cash paid upon such conversion.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if notes are converted after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on a regular record date for the payment of interest, holders of such notes at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such record date will receive the interest payable on such notes on the corresponding interest payment date notwithstanding the conversion. Notes, upon surrender for conversion during the period following 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any record date to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the immediately following interest payment date, must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the notes so converted; provided that no such payment need be made:

 

   

for conversions following the record date immediately preceding the maturity date;

 

   

if we have specified a redemption date that is after a record date and on or prior to the business day immediately following the corresponding interest payment date;

 

   

if we have specified a fundamental change repurchase date that is after a record date and on or prior to the business day immediately following the corresponding interest payment date; or

 

   

to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such note.

If a holder converts notes, we will pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of our common stock upon the conversion, unless the tax is due because the holder requests any shares to be issued in a name other than the holder’s name, in which case the holder will pay that tax.

Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Sale Price Condition

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, holders may surrender their notes for conversion during any calendar quarter commencing after June 30, 2010 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price on each applicable trading day.

The “last reported sale price” of our common stock on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which our common stock is traded. If our common stock is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “last reported sale price” will be the average of the last quoted bid and ask prices for our common stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by Pink OTC Markets Inc. or a similar organization. If our common stock is not so quoted, the “last reported sale price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for our common stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by us for this purpose.

“Trading day” means a day on which (i) trading in our common stock generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if our common stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other United States national or regional securities exchange on which our common stock is then listed or, if our common stock is not then listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which our common stock is then traded, and (ii) there is no market disruption event (as defined below). If our common stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) is not so listed or traded, “trading day” means a “business day.”

 

S-53


Table of Contents

“Market disruption event” means, if our common stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange or listed on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on any trading day of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in our common stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to our common stock.

Conversion Upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, a holder of notes may surrender its notes for conversion during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading-day period (the “measurement period”) in which the “trading price” per $1,000 principal amount of notes, as determined following a request by a holder of notes in accordance with the procedures described below, for each trading day of that measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate.

The “trading price” of the notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the bid solicitation agent for $2 million principal amount of the notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers we select for this purpose; provided that, if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the bid solicitation agent but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the bid solicitation agent, that one bid shall be used. If the bid solicitation agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $2 million principal amount of the notes from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate.

The bid solicitation agent (if other than us) shall have no obligation to determine the trading price of the notes unless we have requested such determination, and we shall have no obligation to make such request unless a holder of a note provides us with reasonable evidence that the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes would be less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate. At such time, we shall instruct the bid solicitation agent to determine (or if we are then acting as the bid solicitation agent, we shall determine) the trading price of the notes in the manner described above beginning on the next trading day following the receipt of such evidence and on each successive trading day until the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and applicable conversion rate. If we do not so instruct the bid solicitation agent to obtain (or if we are then acting as the bid solicitation agent, we do not obtain) bids when required, the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the applicable conversion rate on each trading day we fail to do so.

If the trading price condition has been met, we will so notify the holders and the trustee. If, at any time after the trading price condition has been met, the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common stock and the conversion rate for such date, we will so notify the holders and the trustee.

We will initially act as the bid solicitation agent.

Conversion Upon Notice of Redemption

If we call the notes for redemption prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, holders may convert their notes at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior

 

S-54


Table of Contents

to the redemption date, even if the notes are not otherwise convertible at such time, after which time the holder’s right to convert will expire (unless we default in the payment of the redemption price, in which case a holder of notes may convert such notes until the redemption price has been paid or duly provided for). With respect to any notes that are converted following our notice of redemption and prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the redemption date, in addition to the payment or delivery of the consideration due in respect of conversion as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” below, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, the make-whole premium in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock as specified in our notice of redemption as described under “—Optional Redemption” above.

Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Events

Certain Distributions

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, if we elect to:

 

   

issue to all or substantially all holders of our common stock rights, options or warrants entitling them for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share less than the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock for the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on and including the trading day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance; or

 

   

distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock our assets, debt securities or rights to purchase our securities, which distribution has a per share value, as reasonably determined by our board of directors, exceeding 10% of the last reported sale price of our common stock on the trading day preceding the date of announcement for such distribution,

we must notify the holders of the notes at least 35 scheduled trading days prior to the ex-dividend date for such issuance or distribution. Once we have given such notice, holders may surrender their notes for conversion at any time until the earlier of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date or our announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place, even if the notes are not otherwise convertible at such time. Holders of the notes may not exercise this right if they may participate (as a result of holding the notes, and at the same time and on the same terms as common stock holders participate) in any of the transactions described above as if such holders of the notes held a number of shares of our common stock equal to the applicable conversion rate, multiplied by the principal amount of notes held by such holders divided by $1,000, without having to convert their notes.

Certain Corporate Events

Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding January 15, 2020, if a transaction or event that constitutes a “fundamental change” (as defined under “—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes”) or a “make-whole fundamental change” (as defined under “—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change”) occurs, regardless of whether a holder has the right to require us to repurchase the notes as described under “—Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes,” or if we are a party to a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets, pursuant to which our common stock would be converted into cash, securities or other assets, the notes may be surrendered for conversion at any time from or after the date which is 35 scheduled trading days prior to the anticipated effective date of the transaction (or, if later, the business day after we give notice of such transaction) until 35 trading days after the actual effective date of such transaction (or, if such transaction also constitutes a fundamental change, until the related fundamental change repurchase date). We will notify holders and the trustee:

 

   

as promptly as practicable following the date we publicly announce such transaction but in no event less than 35 scheduled trading days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction; or

 

S-55


Table of Contents
   

if we do not have knowledge of such transaction at least 35 scheduled trading days prior to the anticipated effective date of such transaction, within one business day of the date upon which we receive notice, or otherwise become aware, of such transaction but in no event later than the actual effective date of such transaction.

Conversions on or after January 15, 2020

On or after January 15, 2020, a holder may convert any of its notes at any time prior to the close of business on the second business day immediately preceding the maturity date regardless of whether any of the foregoing conditions have been met.

Conversion Procedures

To convert a beneficial interest in a global note, the holder must comply with DTC’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global note and, if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next interest payment date to which the holder is not entitled and, if required, pay all taxes or duties, if any.

To convert a certificated note, the holder must:

 

   

complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the note, or a facsimile of the conversion notice;

 

   

deliver the conversion notice, which is irrevocable, and the note to the conversion agent;

 

   

if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;

 

   

if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes; and

 

   

if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next interest payment date to which the holder is not entitled.

We refer to the date a holder complies with the relevant procedures for conversion described above as the “conversion date.”

If a holder has already delivered a repurchase notice as described under “Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes” with respect to a note, the holder may not surrender that note for conversion until the holder has withdrawn the notice in accordance with the indenture.

Settlement Upon Conversion

Upon conversion, we may choose to pay or deliver, as the case may be, either cash (“cash settlement”), shares of our common stock (“physical settlement”) or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock (“combination settlement”), as described below. We refer to each of these settlement methods as a “settlement method.”

All conversions occurring on or after the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date will be settled using the same settlement method. In addition, all conversions occurring on or after the issuance by us of a redemption notice and prior to the close of business on the business day preceding the related redemption date will be settled using the same settlement method. If we have not delivered a notice of our election of settlement method prior to the 28th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date in respect of conversions occurring on or after the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date or we have not specified the settlement method in a redemption notice in respect of conversions occurring on or after the issuance of such redemption notice but prior to the close of business on the business day preceding the redemption date, we will be deemed to have elected combination settlement, as described below, and the specified dollar amount (as defined below) will be equal to $1,000.

 

S-56


Table of Contents

Prior to the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date, we will use the same settlement method for all conversions occurring on any given conversion date. Except for any conversions that occur on or after the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date or following a redemption notice but prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the relevant redemption date, however, we will not have any obligation to use the same settlement method with respect to conversions that occur on different conversion dates. That is, we may choose on one conversion date to settle conversions by physical settlement, and choose on another conversion date cash settlement or combination settlement. If we elect a settlement method and we have not called the notes for redemption as described under “—Optional Redemption” above, we will inform holders so converting through the trustee of such settlement method we have selected no later than the second trading day immediately following the related conversion date (or, in the case of any conversions occurring on or after the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date, no later than the 28th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date). For conversions occurring following a redemption notice but prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the redemption date, we will notify holders of the relevant settlement method in our notice of redemption. If we do not timely elect a settlement method in respect of a particular conversion date, we will no longer have the right to elect cash settlement or physical settlement for that date and we will be deemed to have elected combination settlement in respect of our conversion obligation, as described below, and the specified dollar amount (as defined below) will be equal to $1,000; provided that if we do not timely elect a settlement method in respect of a particular conversion date, we will be deemed to have elected physical settlement in respect of our conversion obligation. If we have timely elected combination settlement in respect of any conversion, but we fail to notify the converting holders of the specified dollar amount, we will be deemed to have elected that the specified dollar amount be $1,000. It is our current intent and policy to settle conversions through combination settlement with a specified dollar amount of $1,000.

Settlement amounts will be computed as follows:

 

   

if we elect physical settlement, we will deliver to the converting holder a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (1) the aggregate principal amount of notes to be converted, divided by $1,000, and (2) the applicable conversion rate;

 

   

if we elect cash settlement, we will deliver to the converting holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes being converted cash in an amount equal to the sum of the daily conversion values for each of the 25 consecutive trading days during the relevant cash settlement averaging period; and

 

   

if we elect combination settlement, we will pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of notes being converted a “settlement amount” equal to the sum of the daily settlement amounts for each of the 25 consecutive trading days during the relevant cash settlement averaging period.

The “daily settlement amount,” for each of the 25 trading days during the cash settlement averaging period, shall consist of:

 

   

cash equal to the lesser of (i) the dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of notes to be received upon conversion as specified in the notice specifying our chosen settlement method (the “specified dollar amount”), if any, divided by 25 (such quotient, the “daily measurement value”) and (ii) the daily conversion value; and

 

   

if the daily conversion value exceeds the daily measurement value, a number of shares (the “daily share amount”) equal to (i) the difference between the daily conversion value and the daily measurement value, divided by (ii) the daily VWAP for such trading day.

“Daily conversion value” means, for each of the 25 consecutive trading days during the applicable cash settlement averaging period, one-twenty-fifth (1/25th) of the product of (1) the applicable conversion rate and (2) the daily VWAP of our common stock on such trading day.

“Daily VWAP” means, for each of the 25 consecutive trading days during the applicable cash settlement averaging period, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg

 

S-57


Table of Contents

VWAP” on Bloomberg page “PMI.N <equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such trading day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of our common stock on such trading day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by us). The “daily VWAP” will be determined without regard to after hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

The “cash settlement averaging period” with respect to any note surrendered for conversion means:

 

   

if the relevant conversion date occurs prior to the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date and we have not delivered a notice of redemption as described under “—Optional Redemption” above, the 25 consecutive trading-day period beginning on, and including, the third trading day immediately following the related conversion date;

 

   

if the relevant conversion date occurs during the period beginning on, and including, the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date, and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second business day immediately prior to the maturity date and we have not delivered a notice of redemption as described under “—Optional Redemption” above, the 25 consecutive trading days beginning on, and including, the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date; and

 

   

if the relevant conversion date occurs on or after the date we have delivered a notice of redemption (but prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the redemption date) as described under “—Optional Redemption” above (even if the relevant conversion date occurs after the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the maturity date), the 25 consecutive trading days beginning on, and including, the 27th scheduled trading day prior to the redemption date.

For the purpose of determining amounts due upon conversion only, “trading day” means a day on which (i) there is no “market disruption event” (as defined below) and (ii) trading in our common stock generally occurs on The New York Stock Exchange or, if our common stock is not then listed on The New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other United States national or regional securities exchange on which our common stock is then listed or, if our common stock is not then listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which our common stock is then traded. If our common stock (or other security for which a daily VWAP must be determined) is not so listed or traded, “trading day” means a “business day.”

“Scheduled trading day” means a day that is scheduled to be a trading day on the primary United States national securities exchange or market on which our common stock is listed or admitted for trading. If our common stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “scheduled trading day” means a “business day.”

For the purpose of determining amounts due upon conversion only, “market disruption event” means (i) a failure by the primary United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which our common stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any scheduled trading day for our common stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in our common stock or in any options, contracts or futures contracts relating to our common stock.

We will deliver the consideration due in respect of conversion (including any make-whole premium in connection with such conversion) no later than the third business day immediately following the relevant conversion date (if we elect physical settlement) or no later than the third business day immediately following the last trading day of the relevant cash settlement averaging period (in the case of any other settlement method).

If we elect to deliver cash in lieu of any fractional share of common stock issuable upon conversion, the amount of cash will be based on the daily VWAP of the common stock on the relevant conversion date (if we

 

S-58


Table of Contents

elect physical settlement) or based on the daily VWAP on the last trading day of the relevant cash settlement averaging period (in the case of combination settlement).

Each conversion will be deemed to have been effected as to any notes surrendered for conversion on the conversion date; provided, however, that the person in whose name any shares of our common stock shall be issuable upon such conversion will become the holder of record of such shares as of the close of business on the conversion date (if we elect physical settlement) or the last trading day of the cash settlement averaging period (in the case of combination settlement).

Conversion Rate Adjustments

The conversion rate will be adjusted as described below, except that we will not make any adjustments to the conversion rate if holders of the notes participate (other than in the case of a share split or share combination), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of our common stock and solely as a result of holding the notes, in any of the transactions described below without having to convert their notes as if they held a number of shares of common stock equal to the applicable conversion rate of such notes in effect immediately prior to the effective time for such adjustment, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of notes held by such holder.

 

(1)   If we exclusively issue shares of our common stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of our common stock, or if we effect a share split or share combination, the conversion rate will be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 x

     OS1  
  OS0

where,

 

CR0 =   the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the ex-dividend date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the effective date of such share split or combination, as applicable;
CR1 =   the conversion rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such ex-dividend date or effective date;
OS0 =   the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such ex-dividend date or effective date; and
OS1 =   the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination.

Any adjustment made under this clause (1) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the effective date for such share split or share combination. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this clause (1) is declared but not so paid or made, the conversion rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date our board of directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, to the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

 

(2)   If we issue to all or substantially all holders of our common stock any rights, options or warrants entitling them for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share less than the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock for the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the conversion rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 x

     OS0 + X  
  OS0 + Y

 

S-59


Table of Contents

where,

 

CR0   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such issuance;
CR1   =    the conversion rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such ex-dividend date;
OS0   =    the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such ex-dividend date;
X   =    the total number of shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
Y   =    the number of shares of our common stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights or warrants.

Any increase made under this clause (2) will be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of common stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the conversion rate shall be decreased to the conversion rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of common stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the conversion rate shall be decreased to be the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such record date for such issuance had not occurred.

In determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of the common stock at less than such average of the last reported sale prices for the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the date of announcement for such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of the common stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by us for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by our board of directors.

 

(3)   If we distribute shares of our capital stock, evidences of our indebtedness, other assets or property of ours or rights, options or warrants to acquire our capital stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of our common stock, excluding:

 

   

dividends, distributions, rights or warrants as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above;

 

   

dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash; and

 

   

spin-offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this clause (3) shall apply;

then the conversion rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1  =  CR0 x

  SP0
     SP0 - FMV  

where,

 

CR0   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such distribution;
CR1   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such ex-dividend date;
SP0   =   the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date for such distribution; and

 

S-60


Table of Contents
FMV   =   the fair market value (as determined by our board of directors) of the shares of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets, property, rights, options or warrants distributed with respect to each outstanding share of our common stock on the ex-dividend date for such distribution.

Any increase made under the portion of this clause (3) above will become effective immediately after the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the conversion rate shall be decreased to be the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

If “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than the “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each holder of a note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of our common stock, the amount and kind of our capital stock, evidences of our indebtedness, other assets or property of ours or rights, options or warrants to acquire our capital stock or other securities that such holder would have received as if such holder owned a number of shares of common stock equal to the conversion rate in effect on the ex-dividend date for the distribution.

If our board of directors determines the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this clause (3) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it will in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date for such distribution.

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this clause (3) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on our common stock of shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit, which we refer to as a “spin-off,” the conversion rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 x

     FMV0 +  MP0  
  MP0

where,

 

CR0   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the valuation period (as defined below);
CR1   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately after the end of the valuation period;
FMV0   =   the average of the last reported sale prices of the capital stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of our common stock applicable to one share of our common stock (determined for purposes of the definition of last reported sale price as if such capital stock or similar equity interest were our common stock) over the first 10 consecutive trading-day period after, and including, the ex-dividend date of the spin-off (the “valuation period”); and
MP0   =   the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the valuation period.

The adjustment to the conversion rate under the preceding paragraph will occur on the last trading day of the valuation period; provided that in respect of any conversion during the valuation period, references with respect to 10 trading days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of trading days as have elapsed between the ex-dividend date of such spin-off and the conversion date in determining the applicable conversion rate. If the ex-dividend date for the spin-off is less than 10 trading days prior to, and including, the end of the cash settlement averaging period in respect of any conversion, references in the portion of this clause (3) related to spin-offs to 10 trading days shall be deemed replaced, for purposes of calculating the affected daily conversion rates in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of trading days as have elapsed from, and including, the ex-dividend date for such spin-off to, and including, the last trading day of such cash settlement averaging period.

 

S-61


Table of Contents
(4)   If any cash dividend or distribution is made to all or substantially all holders of our common stock, the conversion rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 x

     SP0  
  SP0 - C

where,

 

CR0   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution;
CR1   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution;

 

SP0   =   the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 consecutive trading-day period ending on the trading day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution; and
C   =   the amount in cash per share that we distribute to holders of our common stock.

Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the conversion rate shall be decreased to be the conversion rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

If “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each holder of a note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of our common stock, the amount of cash that such holder would have received as if such holder owned a number of shares of our common stock equal to the conversion rate on the ex-dividend date for such cash dividend or distribution.

 

(5)   If we or any of our subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for our common stock, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of common stock exceeds the last reported sale price of our common stock on the trading day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the conversion rate will be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 x

    AC +  (SP1 x  OS1)  
  OS0 x SP1

where,

 

CR0   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the 10th trading day immediately following, and including, the trading day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
CR1   =   the conversion rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the 10th trading day immediately following, and including, the trading day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
AC   =   the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by our board of directors) paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OS0   =   the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the date such tender or exchange offer expires (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer);

 

S-62


Table of Contents
OS1   =   the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and
SP1   =   the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the 10 consecutive trading-day period commencing on the trading day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires.

The adjustment to the conversion rate under the preceding paragraph will occur at the close of business on the 10th trading day immediately following, and including, the trading day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that in respect of any conversion within 10 trading days immediately following, and including, the trading day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references with respect to 10 trading days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of trading days as have elapsed between the trading day next succeeding the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and the conversion date in determining the applicable conversion rate. If the trading day immediately following the date the tender or exchange offer expires is less than 10 trading days prior to, and including, the end of the cash settlement averaging period in respect of any conversion, references to 10 trading days shall be deemed replaced, for purposes of calculating the affected daily conversion rates in respect of that conversion, with such lesser number of trading days as have elapsed from, and including, the trading day immediately following the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last trading day of such cash settlement averaging period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a conversion rate adjustment becomes effective on any ex-dividend date as described above, and a holder that has converted its notes on or after such ex-dividend date and on or prior to the related record date would be treated as the record holder of shares of our common stock as of the related conversion date as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” based on an adjusted conversion rate for such ex-dividend date, then, notwithstanding the foregoing conversion rate adjustment provisions, the conversion rate adjustment relating to such ex-dividend date will not be made for such converting holder. Instead, such holder will be treated as if such holder were the record owner of the shares of our common stock on an un-adjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

Except as stated herein, we will not adjust the conversion rate for the issuance of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock or the right to purchase shares of our common stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

The “ex-dividend date” is the first date on which our common stock trades on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question from us or, if applicable, from the seller of our common stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.

To the extent permitted by law and rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange on which any of our securities are then listed, we are permitted to increase the conversion rate of the notes by any amount for a period of at least 20 business days if our board of directors determines that such increase would be in our best interest, which determination will be conclusive. We may also (but are not required to) increase the conversion rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of our common stock or rights to purchase shares of our common stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares (or rights to acquire shares) or similar event.

A holder may, in some circumstances, including a distribution of cash dividends to holders of our shares of common stock, be deemed to have received a distribution subject to U.S. federal income tax as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the conversion rate. For a discussion of the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an adjustment to the conversion rate, see “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

S-63


Table of Contents

To the extent that we have a rights plan in effect upon conversion of the notes into common stock, holders of the notes will receive, in addition to any shares of common stock received in connection with such conversion, the rights under the rights plan, unless prior to any conversion, the rights have separated from the common stock, in which case, and only in such case, the conversion rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if we distributed to all holders of our common stock, shares of our capital stock, evidences of indebtedness, assets, property, rights or warrants as described in clause (3) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the applicable conversion rate will not be adjusted:

 

   

upon the issuance of any shares of our common stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on our securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of our common stock under any plan;

 

   

upon the issuance of any shares of our common stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by us or any of our subsidiaries;

 

   

upon the issuance of any shares of our common stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in the preceding bullet and outstanding as of the date the notes were first issued;

 

   

for a change solely in the par value of the common stock; or

 

   

for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

Adjustments to the applicable conversion rate will be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share. We will not be required to make an adjustment to the conversion rate unless the adjustment would require a change of at least 1% in the conversion rate. However, we will carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the conversion rate and make such carried-forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1% (i) upon any conversion of notes, (ii) on each of the 27 scheduled trading days immediately preceding any redemption date and (iii) on each of the 27 scheduled trading days immediately preceding the maturity of the notes.

Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of Our Common Stock

In the case of:

 

   

any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our common stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination),

 

   

any consolidation, merger or combination involving us,

 

   

any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of ours and our subsidiaries substantially as an entirety, or

 

   

any statutory share exchange,

in each case as a result of which our common stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof), then, at the effective time of the transaction, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of notes will be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of common stock equal to the conversion rate immediately prior to such transaction would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “reference property”) upon such transaction. However, at and after the effective time of the transaction, (i) we will continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid and delivered, as the case may be, upon conversion of notes, as set forth under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” and (ii)(x) any amount payable

 

S-64


Table of Contents

in cash upon conversion of the notes as set forth under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” will continue to be payable in cash, (y) any shares of our common stock that we would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the notes as set forth under “—Settlement Upon Conversion” will instead be deliverable in the amount and type of reference property that a holder of that number of shares of our common stock would have been entitled to receive in such transaction and (z) the daily VWAP will be calculated based on the value of a unit of reference property that a holder of one share of our common stock would have received in such transaction. If the transaction causes our common stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), the reference property into which the notes will be convertible will be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of our common stock that affirmatively make such an election. We will notify holders of the weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made. We will agree in the indenture not to become a party to any such transaction unless its terms are consistent with the foregoing.

Adjustments of Prices

Whenever any provision of the indenture requires us to calculate the last reported prices, the daily VWAPs, the daily conversion values or the daily settlement amounts over a span of multiple days (including a cash settlement averaging period), we will make appropriate adjustments to each to account for any adjustment to the conversion rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the conversion rate where the ex-dividend date of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the last reported prices, the daily VWAPs, the daily conversion values or the daily settlement amounts are to be calculated.

Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change

If a “fundamental change” other than a fundamental change described in clause (3) or clause (4) of the definition thereof (determined after giving effect to any exceptions or exclusions to such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof, a “make-whole fundamental change”) occurs and a holder elects to convert its notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change, we will, under certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for the notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of common stock (the “additional shares”), as described below. A conversion of notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such make-whole fundamental change if the notice of conversion of the notes is received by the conversion agent from, and including, the effective date of the make-whole fundamental change up to, and including, the business day immediately prior to the related fundamental change repurchase date (or, in the case of a make-whole fundamental change that would have been a fundamental change but for the proviso in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the 35th trading day immediately following the effective date of such make-whole fundamental change).

Upon surrender of notes or conversion in connection with a make-whole fundamental change, we will, at our option, satisfy our conversion obligation by physical settlement, cash settlement or combination settlement as described under “—Settlement Upon Conversion.” However, if the consideration for our common stock in any make-whole fundamental change described in clause (2) of the definition of fundamental change is comprised entirely of cash, for any conversion of notes following the effective date of such make-whole fundamental change, the amount of cash due upon conversion will be calculated based solely on the “stock price” (as defined below) for the transaction and will be deemed to be, for each $1,000 principal amount of notes converted, an amount equal to the applicable conversion rate (including any adjustment as described in this section), multiplied by such stock price. In such event, the conversion obligation will be determined and paid to holders in cash on the third business day following the conversion date. We will notify holders of the effective date of any make-whole fundamental change and issue a press release announcing such effective date no later than five business days after such effective date.

The number of additional shares, if any, by which the conversion rate will be increased will be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the make-whole fundamental change occurs or

 

S-65


Table of Contents

becomes effective (the “effective date”) and the price paid (or deemed paid) per share of our common stock in the make-whole fundamental change (the “stock price”). If the holders of our common stock receive only cash in a make-whole fundamental change described in clause (2) of the definition of fundamental change, the stock price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the stock price shall be the average of the last reported sale prices of our common stock over the five trading-day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the effective date of the make-whole fundamental change.

The stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the conversion rate of the notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted stock prices will equal the stock prices immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the conversion rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the stock price adjustment and the denominator of which is the conversion rate as so adjusted. The number of additional shares will be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the conversion rate as set forth under “—Conversion Rate Adjustments.”

The following table sets forth the number of additional shares to be received per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each hypothetical stock price and effective date set forth below:

 

    Stock Price

Effective Date

  $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $

April     , 2010

                         

April 15, 2011

                         

April 15, 2012

                         

April 15, 2013

                         

April 15, 2014

                         

April 15, 2015

                         

April 15, 2016

                         

April 15, 2017

                         

April 15, 2018

                         

April 15, 2019

                         

April 15, 2020

                         

The exact stock prices and effective dates may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

 

   

if the stock price is between two stock prices in the table or the effective date is between two effective dates in the table, the number of additional shares will be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of additional shares set forth for the higher and lower stock prices and the earlier and later effective dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

 

   

if the stock price is greater than $             per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table above), no additional shares will be added to the conversion rate; and

 

   

if the stock price is less than $             per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the stock prices set forth in the column headings of the table above), no additional shares will be added to the conversion rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion exceed             per $1,000 principal amount of notes, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the conversion rate as set forth under “—Conversion Rate Adjustments.”

Our obligation to satisfy the additional shares requirement could be considered a penalty, in which case the enforceability thereof would be subject to general principles of reasonableness and equitable remedies.

 

S-66


Table of Contents

Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes

If a “fundamental change” (as defined below in this section) occurs at any time, holders of the notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase for cash all of their notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or multiple of $1,000. The price we are required to pay is equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date (unless the fundamental change repurchase date is after a record date and on or prior to the interest payment date to which such record date relates, in which case we will instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the holder of record on such record date and the fundamental change repurchase price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be repurchased). The fundamental change repurchase date will be a date specified by us that is not less than 20 or more than 35 calendar days following the date of our fundamental change notice as described below. Any notes repurchased by us will be paid for in cash.

A “fundamental change” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs:

(1) (a) there has been a public announcement, or we have actual knowledge, that a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than us, our subsidiaries and our and their employee benefit plans, has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our common equity representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common equity or (b) a “person” or “group” as described in clause (a) above files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing such a “beneficial ownership” position as described in clause (a) above; provided, however, that this clause (1) shall not apply to any transaction or event that constitutes, at the time a fundamental change would be deemed to have occurred under this clause (1), a fundamental change under clause (2) (after giving effect to the proviso in clause (2)).

(2) consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of our common stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination) as a result of which our common stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets or (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of us pursuant to which our common stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ consolidated assets, taken as a whole, to any person other than one of our subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction where the holders of all classes of our common equity immediately prior to such transaction that is a share exchange, consolidation or merger (each such holder, a “pre-transaction holder”) own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of common equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such event shall not be a fundamental change, so long as the proportion of the respective ownership of each pre-transaction holder remains substantially the same relative to all other pre-transaction holders;

(3) “continuing directors” (as defined below) cease to constitute at least a majority of our board of directors;

(4) our stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of us; or

(5) our common stock (or other common stock underlying the notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors).

A fundamental change as a result of clause (2) above will not be deemed to have occurred, however, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by our common stockholders, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock, depositary receipts representing common equity interests or other certificates representing common equity interests that are listed or quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market or the NASDAQ Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions (these securities being referred to as “publicly traded securities”) and as a

 

S-67


Table of Contents

result of this transaction or transactions the notes become convertible into such publicly traded securities, excluding cash payments for fractional shares, if applicable (subject to the provisions set forth above under “Conversion rights—Settlement Upon Conversion”).

“Continuing director” means a director who either was a member of our board of directors on the date of this prospectus supplement or who becomes a member of our board of directors subsequent to that date and whose election, appointment or nomination for election by our stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the continuing directors on our board of directors at the time of such approval, either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement issued by us on behalf of our entire board of directors in which such individual is named as nominee for director.

On or before the 20th day after the occurrence of a fundamental change, we will provide to all holders of the notes and the trustee and paying agent a notice of the occurrence of the fundamental change and of the resulting repurchase right. Such notice shall state, among other things:

 

   

the events causing a fundamental change;

 

   

the date of the fundamental change;

 

   

the last date on which a holder may exercise the repurchase right;

 

   

the fundamental change repurchase price;

 

   

the fundamental change repurchase date;

 

   

if applicable, the name and address of the paying agent and the conversion agent;

 

   

if applicable, the applicable conversion rate and any adjustments to the applicable conversion rate;

 

   

if applicable, that the notes with respect to which a fundamental change repurchase notice has been delivered by a holder may be converted only if the holder withdraws the fundamental change repurchase notice in accordance with the terms of the indenture; and

 

   

the procedures that holders must follow to require us to repurchase their notes.

Simultaneously with providing such notice, we will publish a notice containing this information in a newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York or publish the information on our website or through such other public medium as we may use at that time.

To exercise the fundamental change repurchase right, holders of the notes must deliver, on or before the business day immediately preceding the fundamental change repurchase date, the notes to be repurchased, duly endorsed for transfer, together with a written repurchase notice and the form entitled “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” on the reverse side of the notes duly completed, to the paying agent, if the notes are in the certificated form. If the notes are not in certificated form, the holder must comply with DTC’s procedures for surrendering interests in global notes. The repurchase notice must state:

 

   

if certificated, the certificate numbers of the notes to be delivered for repurchase;

 

   

the portion of the principal amount of notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 or a multiple thereof; and

 

   

that the notes are to be repurchased by us pursuant to the applicable provisions of the notes and the indenture.

A holder may withdraw any repurchase notice (in whole or in part) by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the fundamental change repurchase date. The notice of withdrawal shall state:

 

   

the principal amount of the withdrawn notes;

 

S-68


Table of Contents
   

if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn notes, or if not certificated, the notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures; and

 

   

the principal amount, if any, which remains subject to the repurchase notice.

We will be required to repurchase the notes on the fundamental change repurchase date. Holders will receive payment of the fundamental change repurchase price on the later of the fundamental change repurchase date or the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of the notes. If the paying agent holds money on the fundamental change repurchase date sufficient to pay the fundamental change repurchase price of the notes for which the holders have surrendered and not withdrawn repurchase notices, then:

 

   

the notes will cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue (whether or not book-entry transfer of the notes is made or whether or not the notes are delivered to the paying agent); and

 

   

all other rights of the holder will terminate (other than the right to receive the fundamental change repurchase price and previously accrued and unpaid interest upon delivery or transfer of the notes).

In connection with any repurchase requirement pursuant to a fundamental change repurchase notice, we will, if required:

 

   

comply with the provisions of the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable; and

 

   

file a Schedule TO or any other required schedule under the Exchange Act.

No notes may be repurchased at the option of holders upon a fundamental change if payment of the principal amount of the notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by us in the payment of the fundamental change repurchase price with respect to such notes).

The repurchase rights of the holders could discourage a potential acquirer of us. The fundamental change repurchase feature, however, is not the result of management’s knowledge of any specific effort to obtain control of us by any means or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions.

The term fundamental change is limited to specified transactions and may not include other events that might adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, the ability of holders of the notes to require us to repurchase their notes upon a fundamental change may not protect holders in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.

Furthermore, holders may not be entitled to require us to repurchase their notes upon a fundamental change or entitled to an increase in the conversion rate upon conversion as described under “—Adjustment to Shares Delivered Upon Conversion Upon a Make-whole Fundamental Change” in certain circumstances involving a significant change in the composition of our board, including in connection with a proxy contest where our board does not endorse a dissident slate of directors but approves them for purposes of the definition of “continuing directors” above.

The definition of fundamental change includes a phrase relating to the conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or disposition of “all or substantially all” of our consolidated assets. There is no precise, established definition of the phrase “substantially all” under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of the notes to require us to repurchase its notes as a result of the conveyance, transfer, sale, lease or other disposition of less than all of our assets may be uncertain.

If a fundamental change were to occur, we may not have enough funds to pay the fundamental change repurchase price. Our ability to repurchase the notes for cash may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain funds for such repurchase through dividends from our subsidiaries, the terms of our then existing

 

S-69


Table of Contents

borrowing arrangements or otherwise. See “Supplemental Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Notes and Our Common Stock—We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the notes or to repurchase the notes upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or repurchase of the notes.” If we fail to repurchase the notes when required following a fundamental change, we will be in default under the indenture. In addition, certain fundamental changes constitute an event of default under our existing credit facility. Furthermore, we may in the future incur other indebtedness with similar change in control provisions permitting our holders to accelerate or to require us to purchase our indebtedness upon the occurrence of similar events or on some specific dates.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

We are generally permitted to consolidate with, or merge with or into another person. We are also permitted to sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets to another person. However, we may not take any of these actions unless certain specified conditions are met, including the following:

 

   

Where we merge out of existence or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our assets, the other person must be a corporation that is organized under U.S., Bermuda or Cayman Island laws and must expressly assume all of our obligations under the notes and the indenture.

 

   

The merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets, or other transaction must not cause a default under the notes or the indenture, and we must not already be in default thereunder. For purposes of this bullet, a default would include an event of default that has occurred and not been cured, as described under “—Events of Default” in this prospectus supplement and under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default—What Is an Event of Default?” in the accompanying prospectus. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an event of default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or for our default having to continue for a specific period of time were disregarded.

 

   

In the case of a merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets in which, we merge or consolidate out of existence and our successor is a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda or the Cayman Islands, or the relevant transferee, in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets is a corporation organized under the laws of Bermuda or the Cayman Islands, the relevant merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease will not result in any adverse tax consequences to holders of the notes.

 

   

It is possible that the merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets, or other transaction would cause some of our property to become subject to a mortgage or other legal mechanism giving lenders preferential rights in that property over other lenders or over our general creditors if we fail to pay our obligations to those lenders. We are obligated to limit these preferential rights on our property, called liens, as discussed under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer —Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture—Limitations on Liens” in the accompanying prospectus. If a merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets, or other transaction would create any liens on our property, we must comply with that covenant.

We must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and opinion of counsel confirming that, among others, the merger, consolidation, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of our assets, complies with the above conditions.

Although these types of transactions are permitted under the indenture, certain of the foregoing transactions could constitute a fundamental change permitting each holder to require us to repurchase the notes of such holder as described above.

 

S-70


Table of Contents

Events of Default

In addition to the events of default under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default” in the accompanying prospectus, each of the following is an event of default with respect to the notes:

(1) default in the payment of principal of any note when due and payable at maturity, upon repurchase in connection with a fundamental change, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(2) our failure to comply with our obligation to convert the notes in accordance with the indenture upon exercise of a holder’s conversion right and such default continues for a period of five business days;

(3) our failure to pay the redemption price of any note on any redemption date, including our failure to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the make-whole premium in connection with such a redemption;

(4) our failure to give a fundamental change notice as described under “Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require Us to Repurchase Notes” or notice of a specified corporate event as described under “Conversion Rights—Conversion Upon Specified Corporate Events,” in each case when due;

(5) our failure to comply with our obligations under “Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets;”

(6) default by us or any of our subsidiaries with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $45 million in the aggregate of us and/or any subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal or interest of any such debt when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, in each of clauses (i) and (ii), where such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within a period of 30 days;

(7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization of any of our significant subsidiaries, as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X; or

(8) a final judgment for the payment of $45 million or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) rendered against us or any of our subsidiaries, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (i) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (ii) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished.

Notwithstanding the remedies afforded to the holders of the notes upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default as set forth under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default—Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs” in the accompanying prospectus, in the case of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, involving a significant subsidiary, 100% of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the notes will automatically become due and payable. Upon such a declaration of acceleration, such principal and any accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and notwithstanding the remedies afforded to the holders of the notes upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default as set forth under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default—Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs” in the accompanying prospectus, the indenture will provide that, to the extent we elect, the sole remedy for an event of default relating to (i) our failure to file with the trustee pursuant to Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act any documents or reports that we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) our failure to comply with our reporting obligations in section 704 of the base indenture, as modified under “Reports” below, will after the occurrence of such an event of default consist exclusively of the right to receive additional interest on the notes at a rate equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the notes outstanding for each day during the 90-day period beginning on, and including, the occurrence of such an event of default during which such event of default is continuing, and at a rate equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the notes outstanding for each day from the 91st day until the 180th day during which such event of default is continuing. If we so elect, such additional interest will be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the notes. On the

 

S-71


Table of Contents

181st day after such event of default (if the event of default relating to the reporting obligations is not cured or waived prior to such 181st day), the notes will be subject to acceleration as provided under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default—Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.” The provisions of the indentures described in this paragraph will not affect the rights of holders of notes in the event of the occurrence of any other event of default. In the event we do not elect to pay the additional interest following an event of default in accordance with this paragraph, the notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above.

In order to elect to pay the additional interest as the sole remedy during the first 180 days after the occurrence of an event of default relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, we must notify all holders of notes and the trustee and paying agent of such election prior to the beginning of such 180-day period. Upon our failure to timely give such notice, the notes will be immediately subject to acceleration as provided above.

If any portion of the amount payable on the notes upon acceleration is considered by a court to be unearned interest (through the allocation of the value of the instrument to the embedded warrant or otherwise), the court could disallow recovery of any such portion.

Except as provided in the indenture, the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes may, by notice to the trustee, waive any past default or event of default and its consequences, other than a default or event of default:

 

   

in the payment of principal of, interest on or make-whole premium in respect of any note or in the payment of the fundamental change repurchase price;

 

   

arising from our failure to convert any note in accordance with the indenture; or

 

   

in respect of any provision under the indenture that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holders of each outstanding note affected.

In addition, each holder shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive amounts due upon conversion of any notes and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such holder.

Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal (including the fundamental change repurchase price), interest or any make-whole premium when due, or the right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the consideration due upon conversion, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless such holder complies with the provisions set forth under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Events of Default—Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs” in the accompanying prospectus.

If an event of default occurs and is continuing and is known to the trustee, the trustee must transmit notice of the event of default to each holder within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of an event of default in the payment of principal (including the fundamental change repurchase price or the redemption price) of, interest on or make-whole premium in respect of any note or a default in the payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the consideration due upon conversion, the trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or responsible officers of the trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the holders of the notes. In addition, we are required to deliver to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an officers’ certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof we are in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under the indenture) and, if we are in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and the status thereof of which they may have knowledge. We also are required to deliver to the trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute a default, its status and what action we are taking or propose to take in respect thereof.

 

S-72


Table of Contents

Payments of the fundamental change repurchase price, principal, interest and the redemption price, if applicable, that are not made when due will accrue interest at the annual rate of the then-applicable interest rate from the required payment date.

Modification and Amendment

The indenture may be modified and amended as described in “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Modification and Waiver” in the accompanying prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to the other limitations described under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Special Situations—Modification and Waiver—Changes Requiring Your Approval,” no amendment may without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected thereby:

(1) reduce the redemption price or the fundamental change repurchase price of any note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the holders of notes our obligation to make such payment, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions related thereto or otherwise; or

(2) change the ranking of the notes.

In addition to the other permitted amendments described in “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Modification and Waiver—Changes Not Requiring Approval,” we and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes without notice to or the consent of any holder of the notes to:

(1) add guarantees with respect to the notes or remove any such guarantees;

(2) make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder;

(3) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or

(4) conform the provisions of the indenture to the “Description of Notes” section in this prospectus supplement.

Holders do not need to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It will be sufficient if such holders approve the substance of the proposed amendment. After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, we are required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all the holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Discharge

The provisions set forth under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Defeasance and Discharge” in the accompanying prospectus will not apply with respect to the notes. Instead, we may satisfy and discharge our obligations under the indenture by delivering to the security registrar for cancellation all outstanding notes or by depositing with the trustee or delivering to the holders, as applicable, after the notes have become due and payable, whether at the stated maturity, on any fundamental change repurchase date or redemption date, upon conversion or otherwise, cash, shares of common stock, or cash and shares of our common stock, if any (solely to satisfy outstanding conversions, if applicable), sufficient to pay all of the outstanding notes and paying all other sums payable under the indenture by us. Such discharge is subject to terms contained in the indenture.

Calculations in Respect of Notes

Except as otherwise provided above, we will be responsible for making all calculations called for under the notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the last reported sale prices of our common stock, accrued interest payable on the notes, the make-whole premium, if any, and the conversion rate of the notes. We will make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, our calculations will be

 

S-73


Table of Contents

final and binding on holders of notes. We will provide a schedule of our calculations to each of the trustee and the conversion agent, and each of the trustee and conversion agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of our calculations without independent verification. The trustee will forward our calculations to any holder of notes upon the request of that holder.

Defeasance

The provisions set forth in the accompanying prospectus under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer—Covenant Defeasance” will not be applicable with respect to the notes.

Reports

Under section 704 of the base indenture, we are required to file with the trustee, within 15 days after we are required to file the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which we may be required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of this section 704, documents filed by us with the SEC via the EDGAR system will be deemed to be filed with the trustee as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR.

Trustee

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. is the trustee, security registrar, paying agent and conversion agent. The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., in each of its capacities, including without limitation as trustee, security registrar, paying agent and conversion agent, assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information concerning us or our affiliates or any other party contained in this document or the related documents or for any failure by us or any other party to disclose events that may have occurred and may affect the significance or accuracy of such information.

We maintain banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with the trustee and its affiliates.

Governing Law

The indenture provides that it and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Book-entry, Settlement and Clearance

The Global Notes

The notes will be initially issued in the form of one or more registered notes in global form, without interest coupons (the “global notes”). Upon issuance, each of the global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.

Ownership of beneficial interests in a global note will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“DTC participants”) or persons who hold interests through DTC participants. We expect that under procedures established by DTC:

 

   

upon deposit of a global note with DTC’s custodian, DTC will credit portions of the principal amount of the global note to the accounts of the DTC participants designated by the underwriters; and

 

   

ownership of beneficial interests in a global note will be shown on, and transfer of ownership of those interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to interests of DTC participants) and the records of DTC participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global note).

 

S-74


Table of Contents

Beneficial interests in global notes may not be exchanged for notes in physical, certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below.

Book-entry Procedures for the Global Notes

All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summary of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of DTC are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. Neither we nor the underwriters are responsible for those operations or procedures.

DTC has advised us that it is:

 

   

a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;

 

   

a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;

 

   

a member of the Federal Reserve System;

 

   

a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and

 

   

a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the underwriters; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Indirect access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

 

   

will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;

 

   

will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and

 

   

will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.

As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

Payments of principal and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

 

S-75


Table of Contents

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds.

Certificated Notes

Notwithstanding the provisions described under “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance” in the accompanying prospectus, notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

 

   

DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 60 days;

 

   

DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within 60 days; or

 

   

an event of default with respect to the notes has occurred and is continuing and such beneficial owner requests that its notes be issued in physical, certificated form.

The information in this prospectus supplement concerning DTC and DTC’s system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for its accuracy.

 

S-76


Table of Contents

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

This section describes certain material United States federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the notes we are offering and the common stock you may acquire upon the conversion of a note. It is the opinion of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, our counsel. It applies to you only if, in the case of the notes, you acquire notes in the offering at the offering price and, in the case of common stock, you acquire your common stock by converting or exchanging the notes. Further, it applies to you only if you hold your notes or your common stock, as applicable, as capital assets for tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a class of holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

   

a dealer in securities,

 

   

a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities holdings,

 

   

a bank or financial institution,

 

   

a life insurance company,

 

   

a tax-exempt organization,

 

   

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

   

a person that owns notes that are a hedge or that are hedged against interest rate risks,

 

   

a person that owns notes as part of a straddle or conversion transaction for tax purposes, or

 

   

a United States holder (as defined below) whose functional currency for tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar.

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds notes or shares of common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding the notes or shares of common stock should consult their tax advisors.

If you purchase your notes at a price other than the offering price, the amortizable bond premium or market discount rules may also apply to you. You should consult your tax advisor regarding this possibility.

This section is based on the Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations under the Code, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

 

Please consult your own tax advisor concerning the consequences of owning notes and our common stock in your particular circumstances under the Code and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

United States Holders

This subsection describes the tax consequences to a United States holder. A United States holder is a beneficial owner of a note or of common stock acquired upon the conversion of a note that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or resident of the United States,

 

   

a domestic corporation,

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of source or that is otherwise subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of the notes, or

 

   

a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

S-77


Table of Contents

We intend to take the position, and the following discussion assumes, that the likelihood that we will pay additional interest as described in “Description of the Notes—Events of Default” is remote and that the notes should therefore not be treated as “contingent debt instruments” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Payments of Interest

It is anticipated, and this discussion assumes, that the notes will be issued for an amount equal to the principal amount. In such case, a United States holder should be taxed on interest on its note as ordinary income at the time the holder receives the interest or when it accrues, depending on the holder’s method of accounting for tax purposes.

Sale, Exchange, Repurchase or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes

Upon the sale, exchange (other than a conversion or other non-taxable exchange (in whole or in part)), repurchase or other taxable disposition of the notes, a United States holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the sum of the amount of cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property received on such disposition, minus such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note. Any amounts attributable to accrued interest, however, will be taxed as interest income (as discussed above under “—Payments of Interest”) to the extent the holder has not previously included such amounts in the holder’s taxable income. A United States holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal the holder’s cost of acquiring the note to such holder increased by the amount of any accrued but unpaid interest previously included in the holder’s taxable income. Capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States holder’s holding period in the note is more than one year at the time of such disposition. Long-term capital gains recognized by certain noncorporate United States holders are generally taxed at preferential rates. Capital gains on assets having a holding period of one year or less at the time of their disposition are taxed as short-term capital gain. Short-term capital gains recognized by noncorporate United States holders, and all capital gains recognized by corporate United States holders, are taxable at ordinary income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Conversion of the Notes

If a United States holder receives solely cash in exchange for notes upon conversion, the United States holder’s gain or loss will be determined in the same manner as if the United States holder disposed of the notes in a taxable disposition (as described above under “—Sale, Exchange, Repurchase or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes”). The tax treatment of a conversion of a note into cash and common stock is uncertain, and United States holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the consequences of such a conversion.

Treatment as a Recapitalization. We intend to take the position that the notes are securities for United States federal income tax purposes and, if a United States holder receives solely stock or a combination of cash and stock in exchange for notes upon conversion, that the conversion is a recapitalization. In such case, gain, but not loss, would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common stock received (including any fractional share deemed to be received by a United States holder) and cash received (other than amounts attributable to accrued interest, which will be treated as such, and cash in lieu of a fractional share) over a United States holder’s tax basis in the notes, but in no event should the gain recognized exceed the amount of cash received (other than cash received in lieu of a fractional share or cash attributable to accrued interest). Thus, if a United States holder receives solely stock in exchange for its notes upon conversion, such United States holder will not recognize gain or loss upon conversion. The amount of gain or loss recognized on the receipt of cash in lieu of a fractional share would be equal to the difference between the amount of cash a United States holder would receive in respect of the fractional share and the portion of the United States holder’s tax basis in the common stock that is allocable to the fractional share. Any gain or loss recognized on conversion generally would be capital gain or loss and would be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the conversion, the notes have been held for more than one year.

 

S-78


Table of Contents

The tax basis of the shares of common stock received upon such a conversion (including any fractional share deemed to be received by a United States holder but excluding common stock attributable to accrued interest, the tax basis of which would equal the amount of accrued interest with respect to which the common stock was received) would equal the tax basis of the note that was converted, reduced by the amount of any cash received (other than cash received in lieu of a fractional share or cash attributable to accrued interest), and increased by the amount of gain, if any, recognized (other than with respect to a fractional share). A United States holder’s holding period for shares of common stock would include the period during which the United States holder held the notes, except that the holding period of any common stock received with respect to accrued interest would commence on the day after the date of receipt.

Dividends Pursuant to Section 302 of the Code. If a receipt of a combination of cash and stock is treated as a recapitalization, section 302 of the Code may cause a United States holder to be treated as if it received a distribution in the amount of cash received (other than cash received in lieu of a fractional share or cash attributable to accrued interest). Distributions will generally be treated as dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits and will generally be taxed as described under “—Dividends” below.

In general, a U.S. holder should not be treated as having received a distribution pursuant to section 302 of the Code if (1) the conversion of the notes results in a “substantially disproportionate” redemption, meaning that after the conversion the percentage of voting stock a U.S. holder owns directly or indirectly is less than 80% of the percentage of voting stock that the U.S. holder owned directly or indirectly immediately before the conversion; or (2) the conversion of the notes is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend.” The receipt of cash upon the conversion of the notes will be treated as “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” if the reduction in the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us as a result of the conversion constitutes a “meaningful reduction” for that particular holder. The IRS has indicated in a published revenue ruling that even a small reduction in the percentage interest of a stockholder whose relative stock interest in a publicly held corporation is minimal (for example, less than 1%) and that exercises no control over corporate affairs should constitute a “meaningful reduction.” For the purposes of determining a U.S. holder’s interest in us for these tests, (i) a U.S. holder’s interest in us before the conversion will include the amount of stock the U.S. holder would have received if the U.S. holder had received only stock upon the conversion of the notes (ii) certain constructive ownership tests will apply, and (iii) the Internal Revenue Service may integrate certain transactions if the purpose of such transactions is to avoid the application of section 302. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the application of these tests in their particular circumstances.

Alternative Treatment as Part Conversion and Part Redemption. If the above-discussed conversion of a note into cash and common stock were not treated as a recapitalization, the cash payment received would generally be treated as proceeds from the sale of a portion of the note and taxed in the manner described under “—Sale, Exchange, Repurchase or Other Taxable Disposition of the Notes” above (or in the case of cash received in lieu of a fractional share, taxed as a disposition of a fractional share), and the common stock received on such a conversion should generally be treated as received upon a conversion of the note, which generally would not be taxable to a United States holder, except to the extent of any common stock received with respect to accrued interest. In that case, the United States holder’s tax basis in the note would generally be allocated pro rata among the common stock received, the fractional share that is sold for cash and the portion of the note that is treated as sold for cash received. The holding period for the common stock received in the conversion would include the holding period for the notes.

Dividends

Distributions, if any, paid on the common stock after a conversion generally will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. Dividends paid to a noncorporate United States holder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that the holder holds the common stock for more than 60 days

 

S-79


Table of Contents

during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the common stock will generally be qualified dividend income if the above holding period requirement is satisfied. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the holder’s basis in the common stock and thereafter as capital gain. United States holders that are corporations will generally be eligible for the “dividends-received deduction” in respect of dividends received from us.

United States holders of the notes may, in certain circumstances, be deemed to have received constructive distributions where the conversion ratio of the notes is adjusted or is not adjusted. Adjustments to the conversion price made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula that has the effect of preventing the dilution of the interest of the holders of the notes will generally not be considered to result in a taxable constructive distribution of stock. However, certain of the possible adjustments provided in the notes, including, without limitation, adjustments in respect of cash distributions to our stockholders, will not qualify as being pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula. If such adjustments are made, the holders of notes will be deemed to have received constructive distributions in amounts based upon the value of such holders’ increased interests in our equity resulting from such adjustments. The amount of any such distribution will generally be treated as a distribution to a stockholder with the tax consequences specified in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, United States holders of our notes could be considered to have received distributions taxable as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits even though they did not receive any cash or property as a result of such adjustments. In certain circumstances the failure of the notes to provide for such an adjustment may result in a deemed distribution to the holders of common stock. It is not clear whether a constructive distribution would be eligible for the preferential rates of United States federal income tax applicable in respect of qualifying dividend income. It is also unclear whether corporate holders would be entitled to claim the dividends received deduction with respect to any such constructive distributions. United States holders should consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of constructive dividends.

Possible Effect of the Change in Conversion Consideration

In certain situations described in “Conversion Rights—Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of Our Common Stock”, we may provide for the conversion of the notes into stock, securities, other property or assets other than our common stock. Depending on the circumstances, such an adjustment could result in a deemed taxable exchange to a holder and the modified note could be treated as newly issued at that time, potentially resulting in the recognition of taxable gain or loss.

Sale of Common Stock

Upon the sale or exchange of common stock, a United States holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the sum of the amount of cash and fair market value of any property received on such sale, minus such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the United States holder’s holding period in the common stock is more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Long-term capital gains recognized by noncorporate taxpayers are generally taxed at preferential rates. Capital gains on assets having a holding period of one year or less at the time of their disposition are taxed as short-term capital gain. Short-term capital gains recognized by noncorporate United States holders, and all capital gains recognized by corporate United States holders, are taxable at ordinary income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Recently Enacted Legislation

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. person that is an individual, estate, or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% tax (the “Medicare tax”) on the lesser of (1) the U.S. person’s “net investment income” for the relevant taxable year and

 

S-80


Table of Contents

(2) the excess of the U.S. person’s modified gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual’s circumstances). A holder’s net investment income will generally include its gross interest and dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of the notes or common stock, unless such interest payments, dividends or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If you are a U.S. person that is an individual, estate or trust, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in the notes and common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Information reporting requirements, on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099, generally will apply to noncorporate United States holders in respect of:

 

   

payments of principal and interest on a note or dividends on common stock within the United States, including payments made by wire transfer from outside the United States to an account the holder maintains in the United States, and

 

   

the payment of the proceeds from the sale of a note or common stock effected at a United States office of a broker.

Additionally, backup withholding will apply to such payments to a noncorporate United States holder that:

 

   

fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number,

 

   

is notified by the Internal Revenue Service that it has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on the holder’s United States federal income tax returns, or

 

   

in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

Non-United States Holders

This subsection describes the tax consequences to a non-United States holder. A non-United States holder is a beneficial owner of a note or common stock acquired upon the conversion of a note that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a nonresident alien individual,

 

   

a foreign corporation, or

 

   

an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis on income or gain from a note.

If you are a United States holder, this subsection does not apply to you.

Payments of Interest

Under U.S. federal income tax law, and subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, if you are a non-United States holder of a note:

 

   

we and other U.S. payors generally will not be required to deduct U.S. withholding tax from payments of principal and interest to you if, in the case of payments of interest:

 

  1.   you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote,

 

  2.   you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to the Company through stock ownership, and

 

S-81


Table of Contents
  3.   the U.S. payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that you are a U.S. person and:

 

   

you have furnished to the U.S. payor an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 BEN or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are (or, in the case of a non-United States holder that is a partnership or an estate or a trust, you have provided such forms certifying that each partner in the partnership or beneficiary of the estate or trust is) a non-United States person,

 

   

in the case of payments made outside the U.S. to you at an offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at a bank or other financial institution at any location outside the U.S.), you have furnished to the U.S. payor documentation that establishes your identity and your status as the beneficial owner of the payment for U.S. federal income tax purposes and as a non-United States person,

 

   

the U.S. payor has received a withholding certificate (furnished on an appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 or an acceptable substitute form) from a person claiming to be:

 

   

a withholding foreign partnership (generally, a foreign partnership that has entered into an agreement with the Internal Revenue Service to assume primary withholding responsibility with respect to distributions and guaranteed payments it makes to its partners),

 

   

a qualified intermediary (generally, a non-United States financial institution or clearing organization or a non-United States branch or office of a U.S. financial institution or clearing organization that is a party to a withholding agreement with the Internal Revenue Service), or

 

   

a U.S. branch of a non-United States bank or of a non-United States insurance company,

and the withholding foreign partnership, qualified intermediary or U.S. branch has received documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payment as made to a non-United States person that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the beneficial owner of the payment on the notes in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations (or, in the case of a qualified intermediary, in accordance with its agreement with the Internal Revenue Service),

 

   

the U.S. payor receives a statement from a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business,

 

   

certifying to the U.S. payor under penalties of perjury that an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute form has been received from you by it or by a similar financial institution between it and you, and

 

   

to which is attached a copy of the Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or acceptable substitute form, or

 

   

the U.S. payor otherwise possesses documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payment as made to a non-United States person that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the beneficial owner of the payments on the notes in accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.

Payments of interest that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. by a non-United States holder and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net-income basis in the same manner as if the non-United States holder were a United States holder. Certain certification requirements and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

S-82


Table of Contents

Dividends and Deemed Dividends

Any dividends paid to a non-United States holder with respect to the common stock (and any deemed dividends resulting from certain adjustments, or failure to make adjustments, to the conversion rate, see “—United States Holders—Dividends” above) will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. by a non-United States holder and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net-income basis in the same manner as if the non-United States holder were a United States holder. Certain certification requirements and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Because a constructive dividend deemed received by a non-United States holder would not give rise to any cash from which any applicable withholding tax could be satisfied, if we pay withholding taxes on behalf of a non-United States holder, we may, at our option, set off any such payment against payments of cash and common stock payable on the notes (or, in certain circumstances, against any payments on the common stock).

A non-United States holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty is required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. If a non-United States holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Sale, Exchange, Repurchase, Conversion or Other Taxable Dispositions of Notes or Common Stock

Gain realized by a non-United States holder on the sale, exchange, repurchase or other taxable disposition of a note or common stock (as well as upon the conversion of a note) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

   

that gain is effectively connected with the non-United States holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment),

 

   

the non-United States holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met, or

 

   

our stock constitutes a “U.S. real property interest” within the meaning of the Code and certain other conditions are met. We have not been, are not, and do not anticipate becoming a United States real property holding corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.

If you are a non-United States holder who is an individual described in the first bullet point above, you will be subject to tax at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange, repurchase, conversion or other taxable disposition of a note or common stock, generally in the same manner as if you were a United States holder, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. If you are a foreign corporation that falls under the first bullet point above, you will be subject to tax on your net gain generally in the same manner as if you were a United States holder and, in addition, you may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of your effectively connected earnings and profits for that taxable year, or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Any amounts (including common stock) which a non-United States holder receives on a sale, exchange, repurchase, conversion or other taxable disposition of a note that are attributable to accrued interest will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in accordance with the rules for taxation of interest described above under “—Non-United States Holders—Payments of Interest”. Non-United States holders who are subject to U.S. federal income tax on their gains should see “—United States Holders—Conversion of the Notes” above for determining when gain is recognized upon conversion of the notes.

 

S-83


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, a non-United States holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to payments of interest or dividends that we make, provided that certain certification requirements are satisfied (and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States person that is not an exempt recipient). In addition, a non-United States holder will be subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding with respect to payments of the proceeds of the sale of a note or share of common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless certain certification requirements have been satisfied (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that a holder is a United States person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient) or the non-United States holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against a non-United States holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished timely to the Internal Revenue Service.

Withholdable Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities

Under recently enacted legislation, certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons are subject to information reporting requirements with respect to their direct and indirect U.S. shareholders and/or U.S. accountholders. A 30% withholding tax would be imposed on certain payments that are made after December 31, 2012 to a non-U.S. person that is subject to such requirements and fails to comply with them. Such payments would include our dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE NOTES AND COMMON STOCK. TAX ADVISORS SHOULD ALSO BE CONSULTED AS TO THE UNITED STATES ESTATE AND GIFT TAX CONSEQUENCES AND THE FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE NOTES AND COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

S-84


Table of Contents

Certain ERISA Considerations

The notes may be purchased and held by an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended, which we refer to as ERISA, or by an individual retirement account or other plan subject to Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code. A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA must determine that the purchase and holding of a note is consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA. The fiduciary of an ERISA plan, as well as any other prospective investor subject to Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law, must also determine that its purchase and holding of notes do not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar law. Each purchaser and transferee of a note who is subject to ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code or a similar law will be deemed to have represented by its acquisition and holding of the note that its acquisition and holding of the note does not constitute or give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law.

 

S-85


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the notes being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the principal amount of notes indicated in the following table. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Principal amount
of notes

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                          Incorporated

  

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC

  

Total

  
    

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the notes being offered, if any are taken, other than the notes covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more notes than the total principal amount set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional $              in principal amount of notes from us. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any notes are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase notes in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase $              in principal amount of notes.

 

     No Exercise    Full Exercise

Per Note

   $                 $             

Total

   $      $  

Notes sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus supplement. If all the notes are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the notes by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The notes are a new issue of securities with no established trading market. The company has been advised by the underwriters that the underwriters intend to make a market in the notes but are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the trading market for the notes.

We and our directors and executive officers have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus supplement continuing through the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus supplement, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell notes in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of notes than they are required to purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the notes while the offering is in progress.

 

S-86


Table of Contents

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased notes sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These activities by the underwriters, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the notes. As a result, the price of the notes may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our expenses from this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. In addition, one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates may be our customers. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC advised us in the 2008 sale of our Australian operations. An affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is a lender under our Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2006, as amended from time to time. As described elsewhere in this prospectus supplement, we will use $75 million of the aggregate net proceeds from this offering and our concurrent common stock offering to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness under this credit facility.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the notes which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of notes to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

S-87


Table of Contents

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require our publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of notes to the public” in relation to any notes in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the notes to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the notes, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the notes in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The notes may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the notes may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to notes which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the notes may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the notes be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the notes are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust

 

S-88


Table of Contents

(where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The notes have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any notes, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (CISA), and accordingly the notes being offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the notes have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the notes offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The notes may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (CISO), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and any other materials relating to the notes are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus do not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The notes which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the notes offered should conduct their own due diligence on the notes. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

S-89


Table of Contents

Validity of Securities

The validity of the notes offered hereby and any shares of common stock issuable upon conversion thereof will be passed upon for us by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements (including schedules appearing therein) of The PMI Group, Inc. for December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 appearing in The PMI Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 and The PMI Group, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 included therein have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, included therein, and incorporated by reference herein. Such consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

S-90


Table of Contents

Additional Information

We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, any amendments to those reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and through the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, on which our common stock is listed.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC relating to the securities covered by this prospectus supplement. This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus are a part of the registration statement and do not contain all of the information in the registration statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus supplement to a contract or other document of The PMI Group, please be aware that the reference is only a summary and that you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract or other document. You may review a copy of the registration statement at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C., as well as through the SEC’s website.

The SEC’s rules allow us to incorporate by reference information into the accompanying prospectus. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document. Any information referred to in this way is considered part of the prospectus. Any reports filed by us with the SEC on or after the date of this prospectus supplement and before the date that the offering of the securities by means of this prospectus supplement is terminated will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

We incorporate by reference into the prospectus the following documents or information filed with the SEC (other than, in each case, documents or information deemed to have been furnished and not filed in accordance with SEC rules):

 

   

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009;

 

   

Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010;

 

   

Our Current Reports on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2010, March 3, 2010, March 19, 2010 and April 14, 2010;

 

   

The description of our Common Stock, filed in our Form 8-A dated April 5, 1995, and any amendment or report for the purpose of updating such description; and

 

   

All documents filed by us under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on or after the date of this prospectus supplement and before the date that the offering of the securities by means of this prospectus supplement is terminated.

We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus supplement is delivered, upon his or her written or oral request, a copy of any or all documents referred to above which have been or may be incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement excluding exhibits to those documents unless they are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents. You can request those documents from our Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Capital Management and Analysis, 3003 Oak Road, Walnut Creek, California 94597, telephone (925) 658-7878.

 

S-91


Table of Contents

LOGO

THE PMI GROUP, INC.

 

 

$850,000,000

Senior Debt Securities

Subordinated Debt Securities

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Depositary Shares

Warrants

Stock Purchase Contracts

Units

 

 

The PMI Group, Inc. from time to time may offer to sell senior or subordinated debt securities, shares of preferred stock, either separately or represented by depositary shares, shares of common stock, warrants and stock purchase contracts, as well as units that include any of these securities or securities of other entities. The debt securities, preferred stock, warrants and stock purchase contracts may be convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common or preferred stock or other securities of The PMI Group, Inc. or debt or equity securities of one or more other entities. The PMI Group, Inc.’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the ticker symbol “PMI”.

The PMI Group, Inc. may offer and sell these securities to or through one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to purchasers, on a continuous or delayed basis. The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the terms of any particular plan of distribution.

This prospectus describes some of the general terms that may apply to these securities. The specific terms of any securities to be offered will be described in a supplement to this prospectus.

 

 

Investing in our securities involves risk. Please see “Risk Factors” on page 1 of this prospectus and the risk factors described in other documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

This Prospectus is dated February 12, 2009.


Table of Contents

Limitations on Ownership of our Voting Securities

The PMI Group, Inc. owns, or is affiliated with, insurance companies domiciled in Arizona, New York and Wisconsin. Under Arizona and Wisconsin law, no person may acquire control of The PMI Group, Inc. and thereby acquire indirect control of its insurance subsidiaries or affiliated companies unless applicable regulatory requirements, which may include the requirement to file applications with, or obtain approvals from, the relevant insurance departments, are satisfied. With respect to Arizona, the ownership of 10% or more of voting securities is presumed to confer control unless a disclaimer of control is filed with the appropriate insurance department and is not disallowed. The applicable provisions of Arizona law define voting securities to include securities convertible into or otherwise representing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. Under Wisconsin law, ownership of more than 10% of voting securities raises a rebuttable presumption of control. Pursuant to Wisconsin law, voting securities include securities convertible into or evidencing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. Under New York law, no person may acquire control of The PMI Group, Inc. and thereby acquire indirect control of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, an insurance company domiciled in New York that The PMI Group, Inc. is affiliated with, unless applicable regulatory requirements, which may include the requirement to file an application with and obtain approval from, the New York superintendent of insurance, are satisfied. For this purpose, the ownership of 10% or more of The PMI Group, Inc.’s voting securities is presumed to confer control unless the New York superintendent determines, upon application, that control does not exist. Under New York law, voting securities include securities convertible into or otherwise representing the right to acquire securities with the right to vote. For purposes of these state statutes and regulations, direct or indirect ownership of those insurance subsidiaries or affiliated companies by entities under common control may be aggregated. Accordingly, any investor that may through its ownership, and the ownership of affiliates or other third parties whose holdings are required to be aggregated with those of such investor, of common stock or other securities that are considered to be voting securities be deemed to own 10% of The PMI Group, Inc.’s common stock, should consult with its legal advisors to ensure that it complies with applicable requirements of Arizona, New York and Wisconsin law.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

About This Prospectus

   1

Risk Factors

   1

Forward-Looking Information

   2

About The PMI Group, Inc.

   2

Ratio Of Earnings To Fixed Charges

   2

Use Of Proceeds

   3

Description Of Debt Securities We May Offer

   4

Description Of Preferred Stock We May Offer

   16

Description Of Common Stock We May Offer

   19

Description Of Depositary Shares We May Offer

   21

Description Of Warrants We May Offer

   24

Description Of Stock Purchase Contracts We May Offer

   27

Description Of Units We May Offer

   28

Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance

   31

Plan Of Distribution

   33

Where You Can Find More Information

   35

Validity Of The Securities

   36

Experts

   36

 

i


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This document is called a prospectus and is part of a registration statement that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, using a “shelf” registration statement. Under this shelf registration statement, we may from time to time sell any combination of the securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings up to a total dollar amount of $850,000,000. Each time we sell securities, we will provide a prospectus supplement containing specific information about the terms of the securities being offered. That prospectus supplement may include a discussion of any risk factors or other special considerations that apply to those securities. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. If there is any inconsistency between the information in this prospectus and a prospectus supplement, you should rely on the information in that prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus and any prospectus supplement together with additional information described under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

We may use this prospectus to offer from time to time:

 

   

senior debt securities;

 

   

subordinated debt securities;

 

   

shares of common stock;

 

   

shares of preferred stock, either directly or represented by depositary shares;

 

   

warrants;

 

   

stock purchase contracts; and

 

   

units, comprised of one or more debt securities, shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock, depositary shares, warrants and stock purchase contracts, in any combination.

When acquiring any securities discussed in this prospectus, you should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and the prospectus supplement, including the information incorporated by reference. Neither we, nor any underwriters or agents, have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not offering the securities in any state where such an offer is prohibited. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement, or any document incorporated by reference, is truthful or complete at any date other than the date mentioned on the cover page of those documents.

Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to “The PMI Group”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or similar references mean The PMI Group, Inc. together with its subsidiaries.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the securities that may be offered by this prospectus involves certain risks. You are urged to read and consider the risk factors relating to an investment in the securities described in the Annual Report on Form 10-K and 10-K/A of The PMI Group, Inc., for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 17 and March 31, 2008, respectively and the subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q of The PMI Group, Inc. filed with the SEC and each incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider these risks as well as other information we include or incorporate by reference in this prospectus. The risks and uncertainties we have described are not the only ones facing The PMI Group, Inc. The prospectus supplement applicable to each type or series of securities we offer will contain a discussion of additional risks applicable to an investment in us and the particular type of securities we are offering under that prospectus supplement.

 

1


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Certain statements made by us in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement and other documents filed with the SEC that are not historical facts, or are preceded by, followed by or include the words “believes”, “expects”, “anticipates”, “estimates” or similar expressions, or that relate to future plans, events or performances are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

When a forward-looking statement includes an underlying assumption, we caution that, while we believe the assumption to be reasonable and make it in good faith, assumed facts almost always vary from actual results, and the difference between assumed facts and actual results can be material. Where, in any forward-looking statement, we express an expectation or belief as to future results, there can be no assurance that the expectation or belief will result. Information regarding important factors that could cause actual results to differ, perhaps materially, from those in any forward-looking statements is contained from time to time in our periodic filings with the SEC, including under the caption “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Cautionary Statement” in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, each of which is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for information about how to obtain a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K and 10-K/A, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our other periodic filings with the SEC. Forward-looking statements also involve a number of risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 and in our subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, each of which is incorporated into this prospectus by reference. All of our forward-looking statements are qualified by and should be read in conjunction with those disclosures. Except as may be required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

ABOUT THE PMI GROUP, INC.

The PMI Group is a provider of credit enhancement products that promote homeownership and facilitate mortgage transactions in the capital markets. Our primary business consists of our U.S. mortgage insurance operations. We offer mortgage insurance products in the United States that enable borrowers to buy homes with low down-payment mortgages. Our primary operating subsidiary, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co., including its affiliated U.S. mortgage insurance and reinsurance companies, collectively referred to as PMI, is a leading U.S. residential mortgage insurer. PMI owns 50% of CMG Mortgage Insurance Company, which offers mortgage insurance for loans originated by credit unions. PMI’s insurer financial strength is currently rated “A–”(CreditWatch Negative) by Standard & Poor’s, or S&P, “BBB+”(Outlook Negative) by Fitch Ratings, or Fitch, “A3”(Ratings under Review) by Moody’s Investors Service, or Moody’s and “AA” by DBRS.

We were incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1972, our principal executive offices are located at 3003 Oak Road, Walnut Creek, California 94597-2098, and our telephone number is (925) 658-7878.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth The PMI Group’s consolidated ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated.

For purposes of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, “earnings” represent income from continuing operations before income taxes plus fixed charges. Income does not include equity earnings in unconsolidated subsidiaries less than 50% owned. “Fixed charges” represent interest expense plus that portion of rent expense

 

2


Table of Contents

that, in our opinion, approximates the interest factor included in rent expense plus distributions on redeemable capital securities. As of the date of this prospectus, we have no preferred stock outstanding.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September  30,
2008
 
     2003    2004    2005    2006    2007    

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (unaudited)

   7.74    6.84    7.87    8.56    (1   (1

 

(1)   Total earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $980.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and $494.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Total losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 included approximately $930.0 million increase in net loss reserves and a $103.6 million impairment of the investment in FGIC Corporation. Total losses for 2007 included approximately $760 million of increase in net loss reserves, a $39 million partial impairment of the investment in RAM Holdings Ltd. and a $36 million impairment of the deferred policy acquisition cost assets.

Because we have no preferred stock issued (and have not had any issued during the fiscal years or periods shown above), a ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred dividends is not presented.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Except as we may specifically state in any prospectus supplement, we intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities that may be offered by this prospectus and the related prospectus supplement for general corporate purposes, which may include funding the repayment at maturity or the redemption of outstanding securities.

 

3


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES WE MAY OFFER

This section outlines some of the provisions of the indentures and the debt securities. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the indentures under which the debt securities are issued. These indentures are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. This information relates to terms and conditions that generally apply to the debt securities. The specific terms of any series of debt securities will be described in the prospectus supplement. If so described in a prospectus supplement, the terms of that series may differ from the general description of the terms presented below.

Debt Securities May Be Senior or Subordinated

We may issue senior or subordinated debt securities. Neither the senior debt securities nor the subordinated debt securities will be secured by any of our property or assets, other than, in the case of the senior debt securities, the capital stock of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”), so long as secured indebtedness remains outstanding under our Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2006, among us, the lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended (the “Credit Agreement”). By owning a debt security that is not secured by any of our property or assets, you are one of our unsecured creditors.

The senior debt securities will constitute part of our senior debt, will be issued under our senior debt indenture described below and will rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated debt.

The subordinated debt securities will constitute part of our subordinated debt, will be issued under our subordinated debt indenture described below and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our “senior debt”, as defined in the subordinated debt indenture. The prospectus supplement for any series of subordinated debt securities will indicate the approximate amount of senior debt outstanding as of the end of our most recent fiscal quarter. Neither indenture limits our ability to incur additional senior indebtedness.

When we refer to “debt securities” in this prospectus, we mean both the senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities.

The Senior Debt Indenture and the Subordinated Debt Indenture

The senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities are each governed by a document called an indenture—the senior debt indenture, in the case of the senior debt securities, and the subordinated debt indenture, in the case of the subordinated debt securities. Each indenture is a contract between us and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., which will initially act as trustee. The indentures are substantially identical, except for the provisions relating to subordination, which are included only in the subordinated indenture.

The trustee under each indenture has two main roles:

 

   

First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, which we describe later under “—Events of Default”; and

 

   

Second, the trustee performs administrative duties for us, such as sending you interest payments and notices.

When we refer to the indenture or the trustee with respect to any debt securities, we mean the indenture under which those debt securities are issued and the trustee under that indenture.

 

4


Table of Contents

The indentures permit us to issue different series of securities from time to time. We may issue securities in such amounts, at such times and on such terms as we wish. The debt securities may differ from one another in their terms. Neither indenture limits the aggregate amounts of debt securities that we may issue or the aggregate amount of any particular series.

The indentures and the debt securities are governed by New York law.

This Section Is Only a Summary

Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities. The indentures, any supplemental indentures and the debt securities contain the full legal text of the matters described in this section. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the indentures, including definitions of some of the terms used in the indentures. We also include references in parentheses to some sections and articles of the indentures. Whenever we refer to particular sections, articles or defined terms of the indentures in this prospectus or in the prospectus supplement, those sections, articles or defined terms are incorporated by reference here or in the prospectus supplement. The indentures are exhibits to our registration statement. See “Where You Can Find More Information—Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy. This summary is also subject to and qualified by reference to the description of the particular terms of your series of debt securities described in any prospectus supplement.

Specific Terms of a Series of Debt Securities

In this section we summarize only the more important terms of the indentures that will apply generally to the debt securities. Each particular debt security will have financial, legal and other terms specific to it, and the specific terms of each debt security will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. Those terms may vary from the terms described here. As you read this section, therefore, please remember that the specific terms of your debt security as described in your prospectus supplement will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or replace the general terms described in this section. The statements we make in this section may not apply to your debt security.

We may issue the debt securities as original issue discount securities, which are debt securities that are offered and sold at a substantial discount to their stated principal amount. (Section 101) The debt securities may also be issued as indexed securities or securities denominated in foreign currencies or currency units, as well as composite currencies or composite currency units, as described in more detail in the prospectus supplement relating to any of these types of debt securities.

The prospectus supplement relating to a series of debt securities will specify whether the securities are senior or subordinated debt securities and will describe the following terms of the series (Section 301):

 

   

the title of the series;

 

   

any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the series;

 

   

the manner in which we will pay interest on the debt securities;

 

   

the date or dates on which we will pay the principal of the debt securities;

 

   

the rate per annum, which may be fixed or variable, at which the debt securities will bear interest, if any, and the date from which that interest will accrue;

 

   

the dates on which interest, if any, will be payable and the regular record dates for the interest payment dates;

 

   

any mandatory or optional sinking funds or analogous provisions, or provisions for redemption at the option of the holder;

 

   

any redemption provisions, including redemption prices;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

any terms and conditions upon which we will repurchase debt securities at the option of the holders of the debt securities;

 

   

the denominations in which debt securities will be issuable, if other than denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000;

 

   

the currency of payment of the debt securities if other than U.S. dollars and the manner of determining the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars;

 

   

if payments are to be made, at your option or ours, in a different currency, how the amount and manner of these payments will be determined;

 

   

any index used to determine the amount payable in respect of the debt securities;

 

   

if other than 100%, the portion of the principal amount that shall be payable upon acceleration of maturity following an event of default;

 

   

whether the provisions described under “Defeasance and Discharge” apply to the debt securities;

 

   

any right to convert the series into shares of our common stock or other securities or property;

 

   

whether the debt securities will be issuable in the form of a global security, the depository with respect to the debt securities, and any special circumstances under which the global security may be registered for transfer or exchange in the name of a person other than the depository or its nominee;

 

   

any change to the events of default that apply to the debt securities and any change in the rights of the trustee or holders to declare the principal amount due and payable following an event of default;

 

   

any change in the covenants contained in the indentures; and

 

   

any other special features of the debt securities.

Special U.S. Federal income tax considerations may apply to a series of debt securities issued as original issue discount securities. These tax considerations will be discussed in the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if any special U.S. Federal income tax considerations apply to a series of debt securities denominated in a currency or currency unit other than U.S. dollars, the related prospectus supplement will describe those considerations.

Conversion Rights

If debt securities of any series are convertible into our common stock or other securities or property, the related prospectus supplement will discuss the conversion terms. Those terms will include provisions as to whether the conversion is mandatory or at the option of the holder and may also include provisions for calculating the number of shares of common stock or other securities or property to be delivered upon conversion. (Article Fourteen)

Subordination of Subordinated Debt Securities

Holders of subordinated debt securities should recognize that contractual provisions in the subordinated debt indenture may prohibit us from making payments on those securities. Subordinated debt securities are subordinate in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner stated in the subordinated debt indenture, to all our senior debt, including all debt securities we have issued that constitute senior debt and all debt securities we will issue under the senior debt indenture.

The subordinated debt indenture defines “senior debt” as all indebtedness and other payment obligations of The PMI Group relating to its debt, as defined below, including:

 

   

overdraft obligations;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

obligations under foreign exchange contracts and currency exchange agreements;

 

   

letters of credit;

 

   

bankers’ acceptances;

 

   

interest rate protection agreements; and

 

   

any loans or advances from banks;

whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments and whether existing now or in the future. All amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of these obligations will also be included in senior debt. Senior debt excludes the subordinated debt securities and any other indebtedness or obligations specifically designated as being subordinate, or not superior, in right of payment to the subordinated debt securities.

As defined in the subordinated debt indenture, “debt” means:

 

   

every obligation for borrowed money;

 

   

every obligation evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments;

 

   

every reimbursement obligation under letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities;

 

   

every obligation issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding trade accounts payable or payment obligations arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

   

the redemption or repayment price of any redeemable stock; and

 

   

every obligation listed above incurred by another person, or payment of dividends by another person, the payment of which is guaranteed by The PMI Group.

The subordinated debt indenture provides that, unless all principal of and any premium or interest on the senior debt has been paid in full, no payment or other distribution may be made in respect of any subordinated debt securities in the following circumstances:

 

   

in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization, debt restructuring or other similar proceeding involving, or any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of, The PMI Group (Section 1502, subordinated debt indenture);

 

   

in the event that any subordinated debt securities have been declared due and payable before their stated maturity (Section 1503, subordinated debt indenture); or

 

   

in the event of a default in any payment with respect to senior debt, or any event of default relating to any senior debt that would permit the acceleration of its maturity, or if any judicial proceeding is pending in respect of any default of this kind (Section 1504, subordinated debt indenture).

For the purposes of the subordination provisions, the payment of cash or delivery of property or securities upon conversion of a subordinated debt security, excluding delivery of our common stock and certain of our subordinated securities, will be deemed a payment of the principal of that subordinated debt security.

Legal Ownership

Street Name and Other Indirect Holders

Investors who hold debt securities in accounts at banks or brokers will generally not be recognized by us as legal holders of debt securities. This is called holding in street name. Instead, we would recognize only the bank or broker, or the financial institution the bank or broker uses to hold its debt securities. These intermediary banks,

 

7


Table of Contents

brokers and other financial institutions pass along principal, interest and other payments on the debt securities, either because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. If you hold debt securities in street name, you should check with your own institution to find out:

 

   

how it handles debt securities payments and notices;

 

   

whether it imposes fees or charges;

 

   

how it would handle voting, if it were ever required;

 

   

whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities registered in your own name so you can be a direct holder as described below; and

 

   

how it would pursue rights under the debt securities if there were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act to protect their interests.

Direct Holders

Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the trustee, under the debt securities run only to persons who are registered as holders of debt securities. As noted above, we do not have obligations to you if you hold in street name or other indirect means, either because you choose to hold debt securities in that manner or because the debt securities are issued in the form of global securities as described below. For example, once we make payment to the registered holder we have no further responsibility for the payment even if that holder is legally required to pass the payment along to you as a street name customer but does not do so.

Global Securities

What is a Global Security? A global security is a special type of indirectly held security, as described above under “—Street Name and Other Indirect Holders”. If we choose to issue debt securities in the form of global securities, the ultimate beneficial owners of global securities can only be indirect holders. We require that the global security be registered in the name of a financial institution we select.

We also require that the debt securities included in the global security not be transferred to the name of any other direct holder unless the special circumstances described in the section “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance” below occur. The financial institution that acts as the sole direct holder of the global security is called the depositary. Any person wishing to own a security must do so indirectly by virtue of an account with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has an account with the depositary. The prospectus supplement indicates whether your series of debt securities will be issued only in the form of global securities.

Further details of legal ownership are discussed in the section “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.”

In the remainder of this description “you” means direct holders and not street name or other indirect holders of debt securities. Indirect holders should read the previous subsection entitled “Street Name and Other Indirect Holders.”

Overview of Remainder of This Description

The remainder of this description summarizes:

 

   

Additional mechanics relevant to the debt securities under normal circumstances, such as how you transfer ownership and where we make payments.

 

   

Your rights under several special situations, such as if we merge with another company or if we want to change a term of the debt securities.

 

8


Table of Contents
   

Covenants contained in the indentures that restrict our ability to incur liens and require us to perform various acts. A particular series of debt securities may have additional covenants.

 

   

Your rights if we default or experience other financial difficulties.

 

   

Our relationship with the trustee.

Additional Mechanics

Exchange and Transfer

Unless otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement, debt securities will have a minimum denomination of $1,000. You may have your debt securities divided into more debt securities of smaller denominations, but not below the minimum denomination, or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed. (Section 305) This is called an exchange.

You may exchange or transfer your debt securities at the office of the trustee. The trustee acts as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders and transferring debt securities. We may change this appointment to another entity or perform the service ourselves. The entity performing the role of maintaining the list of registered holders is called the security registrar. It will also register transfers of the debt securities. (Section 305)

You will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange debt securities, but you may be required to pay for any tax or other governmental charge associated with the exchange or transfer. The transfer or exchange of a debt security will only be made if the security registrar is satisfied with your proof of ownership.

If we designate additional transfer agents, they will be named in the prospectus supplement. We may cancel the designation of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts. (Section 1002)

If the debt securities are redeemable and we redeem less than all of the debt securities of a particular series, we may block the transfer or exchange of debt securities during a specified period of time in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. The period begins 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ends on the day of that mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of debt securities selected for redemption. However, we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any security being partially redeemed. (Section 305)

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to you if you are a direct holder listed in the trustee’s records at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if you no longer own the security on the interest due date. That particular day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the regular record date and is stated in the prospectus supplement. (Section 307)

We will pay interest, principal and any other money due on the debt securities at the corporate trust office of the trustee in New York City. That office is currently located at The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., Corporate Trust Trustee Administration, 700 South Flower Street, 5th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90017. You must make arrangements to have your payments picked up at or wired from that office. We may also choose to pay interest by mailing checks.

Interest on global securities will be paid to the holder of the securities by wire transfer of same-day funds.

 

9


Table of Contents

Holders buying and selling debt securities must work out between them how to compensate for the fact that we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the one who is the registered holder on the regular record date. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt securities to pro rate interest fairly between buyer and seller. This pro rated interest amount is called accrued interest.

Street name and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments.

We may also arrange for additional payment offices, and may cancel or change these offices, including our use of the trustee’s corporate trust office. These offices are called paying agents. We may also choose to act as our own paying agent. We must notify the trustee of changes in the paying agents for any particular series of debt securities. (Section 1002)

Notices

We and the trustee will send notices only to direct holders, using their addresses as listed in the trustee’s records. (Sections 101 and 106)

Regardless of who acts as paying agent, all money that we pay to a paying agent that remains unclaimed at the end of two years after the amount is due to direct holders will be repaid to The PMI Group. After that two-year period, you may look only to The PMI Group for payment and not to the trustee, any other paying agent or anyone else. (Section 1003)

Special Situations

Mergers and Similar Events

We are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another company or firm. We are also permitted to sell or lease substantially all of our assets to another firm or to buy or lease substantially all of the assets of another firm. However, we may not take any of these actions unless certain specified conditions are met, including the following:

 

   

Where we merge out of existence or sell or lease our assets, the other firm must be an entity that is organized under U.S., Bermuda or Cayman Island laws and must assume our obligations on the debt securities.

 

   

The merger, sale or lease of assets or other transaction must not cause a default on the debt securities, and we must not already be in default. For purposes of this test, a default would include an event of default that has occurred and not been cured, as described under “—Events of Default—What Is an Event of Default?” A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an event of default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or for our default having to continue for a specific period of time were disregarded.

 

   

It is possible that the merger, sale or lease of assets or other transaction would cause some of our property to become subject to a mortgage or other legal mechanism giving lenders preferential rights in that property over other lenders or over our general creditors if we fail to pay our obligations to those lenders. We are obligated to limit these preferential rights on our property, called liens, as discussed later under “—Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture—Limitations on Liens”. If a merger or other transaction would create any liens on our property, we must comply with that covenant.

 

   

We must deliver to the trustee an officers’ certificate and opinion of counsel confirming that, among others, the merger, sale or lease of assets or other transaction complies with the above conditions and, in the case of a merger or consolidation in which we merge out of existence and our successor is an entity organized under the laws of Bermuda or the Cayman Islands, that the merger will not result in any material adverse tax consequences to holders of debt securities. (Section 801)

 

10


Table of Contents

Modification and Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indentures and the debt securities.

Changes Requiring Your Approval. First, there are changes that cannot be made to your debt securities without your specific approval. Following is a list of those types of changes that require the approval of each holder of debt securities:

 

   

change the stated maturity of the principal or interest on a debt security;

 

   

reduce any amounts due on a debt security;

 

   

reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a debt security following a default;

 

   

change the place or currency of payment on a debt security;

 

   

impair your right to sue for payment;

 

   

in the case of subordinated debt securities, modify the subordination provisions in a manner adverse to the holders;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indentures;

 

   

reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent is needed to waive compliance with the indentures or to waive defaults;

 

   

modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with modification and waiver of the indentures; and

 

   

any change that adversely affects certain of your conversion rights or decreases the conversion rate or increases your conversion price. (Section 902)

Changes Requiring a Majority Approval. The second type of change to the indentures and the debt securities is the kind that requires an approval by holders of debt securities owning a majority of the principal amount of the particular series affected. Most changes fall into this category. Majority approval would be required for us to obtain a waiver of all or part of the covenants described under “—Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture” below, or a waiver of a past default. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or any other aspect of the indentures or the debt securities listed in the first category described above under “—Changes Requiring Your Approval” unless we obtain your individual consent to the waiver. (Section 513)

Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type of change does not require any approval by holders of debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the debt securities in any material respect. (Section 901)

Further Details Concerning Votes and Consents

When seeking approval, we will use the following rules to determine whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of the outstanding securities have given, made or taken any action under the indenture as of any date:

 

   

For original issue discount securities, we will use the principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the maturity of the debt securities were accelerated to that date because of a default.

 

   

For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special rule for that security described in the prospectus supplement.

 

   

For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units, we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent determined as described in the prospectus supplement. (Section 101)

 

11


Table of Contents
   

Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust for you money for their payment or redemption, if they have been fully defeased as described later under “—Defeasance and Discharge” or if they are owned by The PMI Group or any of its affiliates. (Section 1302)

 

   

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date to determine the holders of outstanding debt securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indentures. In limited circumstances, the trustee will be entitled to set a record date for action by holders. If we or the trustee set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of a particular series, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding debt securities of that series on the record date and must be taken within 180 days following the record date or another period that we may specify, or as the trustee may specify if it set the record date. We may shorten or lengthen, but not beyond 180 days, this period from time to time. (Section 104)

Street name and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indentures or the debt securities or request a waiver.

Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture

Limitations on Liens

Unless otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement, so long as the debt securities are outstanding, we and our subsidiaries may not create, issue, assume, incur or guarantee any indebtedness for borrowed money which is secured by a lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any nature on any of the present or future capital stock of PMI, or on the capital stock of any subsidiary having control of PMI, which capital stock is owned by us, unless the debt securities and, if we elect, any other indebtedness ranking at least equally with the debt securities, are secured equally and ratably with or prior to that other indebtedness for borrowed money so long as that other indebtedness is outstanding. (Section 1008) The capital stock of PMI is currently subject to a first priority lien in favor of the administrative agent for the benefit of the lenders under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the senior indenture, to the extent secured indebtedness remains outstanding under the Credit Agreement, and unless otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement, senior debt securities will be secured by the capital stock of PMI equally and ratably with the secured indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.

Limitations on Disposition of Stock of PMI Mortgage Insurance Co.

Unless otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement, so long as the debt securities are outstanding, we and our subsidiaries may not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock of PMI or of any corporation having control of PMI, except for a sale, transfer or other disposition of:

 

   

any such capital stock to another direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of The PMI Group;

 

   

all of the shares of capital stock of PMI for at least fair value, as determined in good faith by our board of directors; or

 

   

shares of the capital stock of PMI for at least fair value, as determined in good faith by our board, if, after giving effect to the transfer, we and our subsidiaries would own more than 80% of the issued and outstanding voting stock of PMI. (Section 1008)

The term “subsidiary” means any corporation of which we and/or one or more of our other subsidiaries directly or indirectly own at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock having the authority to elect a majority of the board of directors. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors. (Section 101)

 

12


Table of Contents

Defeasance and Discharge

The following discussion of full defeasance and discharge will apply to your series of debt securities only if we choose to have them apply to that series. If we do so choose, we will say so in the prospectus supplement. (Section 1301)

The indentures provide that if we choose to have the defeasance and discharge provision (Section 1302) applied to the debt securities, we can legally release ourselves from any payment or other obligations on the debt securities, except for the ministerial obligations described below, if we put in place the following arrangements for you to be repaid and comply with other requirements set forth in the indentures:

 

   

We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all direct holders of the debt securities a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make any interest, premium, principal or other payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.

 

   

We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that we received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or there has been a change in U.S. federal income tax law, and, in either case, under then current U.S. law we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves.

 

   

In the case of the subordinated debt securities, no default in the payment of any principal of or premium or interest on any senior debt may have occurred and be continuing, no event of default with respect to any senior debt may have resulted in acceleration of the maturity of the senior debt, and no other event of default with respect to any senior debt may have occurred and be continuing permitting the holders of such senior debt to accelerate the maturity of the senior debt. (Section 1304 in the subordinated debt indenture)

In addition, the subordinated debt indenture provides that if we choose to have the defeasance and discharge provision applied to the subordinated debt securities, the subordination provisions of the subordinated debt indenture will become ineffective.

However, even if we make the deposit in trust and opinion delivery arrangements discussed above, a number of our obligations relating to the debt securities will remain. These include our obligations:

 

   

to register the transfer and exchange of debt securities;

 

   

to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen debt securities;

 

   

to maintain paying agencies; and

 

   

to hold money for payment in trust.

Covenant Defeasance

The indentures also allow us to choose whether covenant defeasance will apply to any series of debt securities. If we do so choose, we will say so in the prospectus supplement.

The indentures provide that if we choose to have the covenant defeasance provision (Section 1303) applied to any debt securities, we need not comply with, among others, the restrictions described above under “—Covenants in the Senior Debt Indenture” in the case of the senior debt indenture, in the third bullet point under “—Special Situations—Mergers and Similar Events” and, in the case of the subordinated debt indenture, the provisions relating to subordination. In addition, covenant defeasance would also render ineffective any event of default provisions relating to many of the restrictive covenants. These provisions are discussed below under “—Events of Default”. Any of our other obligations affected by covenant defeasance will be specified in the prospectus supplement.

 

13


Table of Contents

In order to exercise the covenant defeasance option, we must put into place the same deposit in trust and similar opinion delivery arrangements as those discussed above under “—Defeasance and Discharge” and comply with other requirements set forth in the indentures.

Events of Default

You will have special rights if an event of default occurs and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

What Is an Event of Default? The term “event of default” means any of the following:

 

   

We fail to pay the principal or any premium on a debt security on the stated maturity date.

 

   

We fail to pay interest on a debt security within 30 days from the relevant due date.

 

   

We do not deposit any sinking fund payment on its due date.

 

   

We remain in breach of specified covenants in the indentures for 60 days after we receive a notice of default stating that we are in breach. The notice must be sent by the trustee or by holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the relevant series of debt securities.

 

   

Either we or PMI default under any indebtedness for money borrowed if:

 

  (a)   that default either (1) results from the failure to pay the principal of that indebtedness at its stated maturity or (2) relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay the principal of that indebtedness at its stated maturity and results in that indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable,

 

  (b)   the principal amount of that indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated maturity or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50,000,000 or more at any one time outstanding and

 

  (c)   that indebtedness is not discharged, or the acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within 30 days after written notice as provided in the indenture.

 

   

A court enters a decree of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization against us.

 

   

We file voluntary proceedings under bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization laws.

 

   

Any other event of default described in the prospectus supplement occurs. (Section 501)

Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If an event of default other than those described in the sixth or seventh bullet point above has occurred and has not been cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the affected series. If any event of default described in the sixth or seventh bullet point above occurs, the entire principal amount of all the debt securities of that series shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the trustee or any holder, become immediately due and payable. (Section 502)

Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the indentures at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability. This protection is called an indemnity. (Section 603) If reasonable indemnity is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. These majority holders may also direct the trustee in performing other actions under the indentures. (Section 512)

 

14


Table of Contents

Before you bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities, the following must occur:

 

   

You must give the trustee written notice that an event of default has occurred and remains uncured;

 

   

The holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default, and must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the cost and other liabilities of taking that action;

 

   

The trustee must have not taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity; and

 

   

No inconsistent direction must have been given to the trustee during the 60-day period from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of the relevant series. (Section 507)

Street name and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and to make or cancel a declaration of acceleration.

We will furnish to the trustee every year a written statement from some of our designated officers certifying that, to their knowledge, we are in compliance with the indentures and the debt securities, or else specifying any default. (Section 1004)

 

15


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK WE MAY OFFER

This section describes the general terms and provisions of the preferred stock we may offer. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended. The specific terms of any series will be described in a prospectus supplement. Those terms may differ from the terms discussed below. Any series of preferred stock we issue will be governed by our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and by the certificate of designations relating to that series. We will file the certificate of designations with the SEC and incorporate it by reference as an exhibit to our registration statement at or before the time we issue any preferred stock of that series.

Authorized Preferred Stock

Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. We may issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series, without stockholder approval, when authorized by our board of directors.

Upon issuance of a particular series of preferred stock, our board of directors is authorized to specify:

 

   

the number of shares to be included in the series;

 

   

the annual dividend rate for the series and any restrictions or conditions on the payment of dividends;

 

   

the redemption price, if any, and the terms and conditions of redemption;

 

   

any sinking fund provisions for the purchase or redemption of the series;

 

   

if the series is convertible, the terms and conditions of conversion;

 

   

the amounts payable to holders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up; and

 

   

any other rights, preferences and limitations relating to the series.

The board’s ability to authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of preferred stock with conversion and other rights, may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock or other series of preferred stock that may be outstanding.

No shares of our preferred stock are currently issued and outstanding.

Specific Terms of a Series of Preferred Stock

The preferred stock we may offer will be issued in one or more series. Shares of preferred stock, when issued against full payment of their purchase price, will be fully paid and non-assessable. Their par value or liquidation preference, however, will not be indicative of the price at which they will actually trade after their issue. If necessary, the prospectus supplement will provide a description of U.S. Federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase and ownership of the series of preferred stock offered by that prospectus supplement.

The preferred stock will have the dividend, liquidation, redemption and voting rights discussed below, unless otherwise described in a prospectus supplement relating to a particular series. A prospectus supplement will discuss the following features of the series of preferred stock to which it relates:

 

   

the designations and stated value per share;

 

   

the number of shares offered;

 

   

the amount of liquidation preference per share;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

the initial public offering price at which the preferred stock will be issued;

 

   

the dividend rate, the method of its calculation, the dates on which dividends would be paid and the dates, if any, from which dividends would cumulate;

 

   

any redemption or sinking fund provisions;

 

   

any conversion or exchange rights; and

 

   

any additional voting, dividend, liquidation, redemption, sinking fund and other rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions.

Rank

Unless otherwise stated in the prospectus supplement, the preferred stock will have priority over our common stock with respect to dividends and distribution of assets, but will rank junior to all our outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money. Any series of preferred stock could rank senior, equal or junior to our other capital stock, as may be specified in a prospectus supplement, as long as our restated certificate of incorporation so permits.

Dividends

Holders of each series of preferred stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends to the extent specified in the prospectus supplement when, as and if declared by our board of directors, from funds legally available for the payment of dividends. The rates and dates of payment of dividends of each series of preferred stock will be stated in the prospectus supplement. Dividends will be payable to the holders of record of preferred stock as they appear on our books on the record dates fixed by our board of directors. Dividends on any series of preferred stock may be cumulative or non-cumulative, as discussed in the prospectus supplement.

Convertibility

Shares of a series of preferred stock may be exchangeable or convertible into shares of our common stock, another series of preferred stock or other securities or property. The conversion or exchange may be mandatory or optional. The prospectus supplement will specify whether the preferred stock being offered has any conversion or exchange features, and will describe all the related terms and conditions.

Redemption

The terms, if any, on which shares of preferred stock of a series may be redeemed will be discussed in the prospectus supplement.

Liquidation

Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of The PMI Group, holders of each series of preferred stock will be entitled to receive distributions upon liquidation in the amount described in the related prospectus supplement plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends for the then-current dividend period (including any accumulation in respect of unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods, if dividends on that series of preferred stock are cumulative). These distributions will be made before any distribution is made on any securities ranking junior to the preferred stock with respect to liquidation, including our common stock. If the liquidation amounts payable relating to the preferred stock of any series and any other securities ranking on a parity regarding liquidation rights are not paid in full, the holders of the preferred stock of that series will share ratably in proportion to the full liquidation preferences of each security. Holders of our preferred stock will not be entitled to any other amounts from us after they have received their full liquidation preference.

 

17


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

The holders of shares of preferred stock will have no voting rights, except:

 

   

as otherwise stated in the applicable prospectus supplement;

 

   

as otherwise stated in the certificate of designations establishing the series; or

 

   

as required by applicable law.

No Other Rights

The shares of a series of preferred stock will not have any preferences, voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights except:

 

   

as discussed above or in the prospectus supplement;

 

   

as provided in our restated certificate of incorporation and in the certificate of designations; and

 

   

as otherwise required by law.

Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for each series of preferred stock will be named and described in the prospectus supplement for that series.

 

18


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK WE MAY OFFER

The following summary description of our common stock is based on the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated bylaws and the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law. For information on how to obtain copies of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated bylaws, see “Available Information”.

We may offer common stock issuable upon the conversion of debt securities or preferred stock, the exercise of warrants and pursuant to stock purchase contracts.

General

The following description of our capital stock is subject to our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated bylaws and the provisions of applicable Delaware law.

Authorized Capital

We currently have authority to issue 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of December 31, 2008, 81,687,583 shares of our common stock were outstanding.

Voting Rights

Each outstanding share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There is no cumulative voting. Our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, provides that, unless otherwise provided by applicable law or our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote which was approved by the affirmative vote of less than two-thirds of our directors then on our board of directors, or by less than two-thirds of the directors on a committee of our board of directors if the matter was approved by the committee, then approval requires the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our outstanding shares if the matter is one that would otherwise require under Delaware law the affirmative vote of a majority of our outstanding shares or, for all other matters, two-thirds of the shares voting at the meeting called for the vote on the matter. Any change to our amended and restated bylaws by our stockholders requires a two-thirds vote of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Dividend and Liquidation Rights

The holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available for the payment of dividends at the times and in the amounts as our board of directors may from time to time determine. The shares of common stock are neither redeemable nor convertible. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of The PMI Group. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of The PMI Group, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata the assets of The PMI Group which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Statutory Provisions Addressing Business Combinations

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation like us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to that date, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

19


Table of Contents
   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in that person becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding, shares owned by directors who are also officers and by certain employee stock plans; or

 

   

on or after the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized by the affirmative vote, and not by written consent, of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock, excluding the stock owned by the interested stockholder.

A “business combination” includes a merger or consolidation, asset sale or other transaction resulting, directly or indirectly, in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person, other than us and any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiary of ours, who:

 

   

is the owner of 15% or more of any class of our outstanding voting stock; or

 

   

is an affiliate or associate of ours and was the owner of 15% or more of any class of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the preceding three years including the affiliates or associates of that person.

Section 203 expressly exempts from the requirements described above any business combination by a corporation with an interested stockholder who became an interested stockholder at a time when the section did not apply to the corporation.

Exchange, Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

20


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF DEPOSITARY SHARES WE MAY OFFER

This section outlines some of the provisions of the deposit agreement, the depositary shares and the depositary receipts. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the relevant deposit agreement and depositary receipts with respect to the depositary shares relating to any particular series of preferred stock. The specific terms of any series of depositary shares will be described in the prospectus supplement. If so described in the prospectus supplement, the terms of that series of depositary shares may differ from the general description of terms presented below.

Fractional Shares of Preferred Stock

We may elect to offer fractional interests in shares of our preferred stock instead of whole shares of preferred stock. If so, we will allow a depositary to issue to the public depositary shares, each of which will represent a fractional interest of a share of preferred stock as described in the prospectus supplement.

Deposit Agreement

The shares of the preferred stock underlying any depositary shares will be deposited under a separate deposit agreement between us and a bank or trust company acting as depositary with respect to those shares of preferred stock. The depositary will have its principal office in the United States and have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. The prospectus supplement relating to a series of depositary shares will specify the name and address of the depositary. Under the deposit agreement, each owner of a depositary share will be entitled, in proportion of its fractional interest in a share of the preferred stock underlying that depositary share, to all the rights and preferences of that preferred stock, including dividend, voting, redemption, conversion, exchange and liquidation rights.

Depositary shares will be evidenced by one or more depositary receipts issued under the deposit agreement.

Dividends and Other Distributions

The depositary will distribute all cash dividends or other cash distributions in respect of the preferred stock underlying the depositary shares to each record depositary shareholder based on the number of the depositary shares owned by that holder on the relevant record date. The depositary will distribute only that amount which can be distributed without attributing to any depositary shareholders a fraction of one cent, and any balance not so distributed will be added to and treated as part of the next sum received by the depositary for distribution to record depositary shareholders.

If there is a distribution other than in cash, the depositary will distribute property to the entitled record depositary shareholders, unless the depositary determines that it is not feasible to make that distribution. In that case the depositary may, with our approval, adopt the method it deems equitable and practicable for making that distribution, including any sale of property and the distribution of the net proceeds from this sale to the concerned holders.

Each deposit agreement will also contain provisions relating to the manner in which any subscription or similar rights we offer to holders of the relevant series of preferred stock will be made available to depositary shareholders.

Withdrawal of Stock

Upon surrender of depositary receipts at the depositary’s office, the holder of the relevant depositary shares will be entitled to the number of whole shares of the related series of preferred stock and any money or other property those depositary shares represent. Depositary shareholders will be entitled to receive whole shares of the

 

21


Table of Contents

related series of preferred stock on the basis described in the prospectus supplement, but holders of those whole preferred stock shares will not afterwards be entitled to receive depositary shares in exchange for their shares. If the depositary receipts the holder delivers evidence a depositary share number exceeding the whole share number of the related series of preferred stock to be withdrawn, the depositary will deliver to that holder a new depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of depositary shares.

Redemption and Liquidation

The terms on which the depositary shares relating to the preferred stock of any series may be redeemed, and any amounts distributable upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, will be described in the prospectus supplement.

Voting

Upon receiving notice of any meeting at which preferred stockholders of any series are entitled to vote, the depositary will mail the information contained in that notice to the record depositary shareholders relating to those series of preferred stock. Each depositary shareholder on the record date will be entitled to instruct the depositary on how to vote the shares of preferred stock underlying that holder’s depositary shares. The depositary will vote the shares of preferred stock underlying those depositary shares according to those instructions, and we will take reasonably necessary actions to enable the depositary to do so. If the depositary does not receive specific instructions from the depositary shareholders relating to that preferred stock, it will abstain from voting those shares of preferred stock, unless otherwise discussed in the prospectus supplement.

Amendment and Termination of Deposit Agreement

We and the depositary may amend the depositary receipt form evidencing the depositary shares and the related deposit agreement. However, any amendment that significantly affects the rights of the depositary shareholders will not be effective unless a majority of the outstanding depositary shareholders approve that amendment. We or the depositary may terminate a deposit agreement only if:

 

   

we redeemed or reacquired all outstanding depositary shares relating to the deposit agreement;

 

   

all preferred stock of the relevant series has been withdrawn; or

 

   

there has been a final distribution in respect of the preferred stock of any series in connection with our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and such distribution has been made to the related depositary shareholders.

Charges of Depositary

We will pay all charges of each depositary in connection with the initial deposit and any redemption of the preferred stock. Depositary shareholders will be required to pay any other transfer and other taxes and governmental charges and any other charges expressly provided in the deposit agreement to be for their accounts.

Miscellaneous

Each depositary will forward to the relevant depositary shareholders all our reports and communications that we are required to furnish to preferred stockholders of any series.

Neither the depositary nor The PMI Group will be liable if it is prevented or delayed by law or any circumstance beyond its control in performing its obligations under any deposit agreement. The obligations of The PMI Group and each depositary under any deposit agreement will be limited to performance in good faith of their duties under that agreement, and they will not be obligated to prosecute or defend any legal proceeding in

 

22


Table of Contents

respect of any depositary shares or preferred stock unless they are provided with satisfactory indemnity. They may rely upon written advice of counsel or accountants, or information provided by persons presenting preferred stock for deposit, depositary shareholders or other persons believed to be competent and on documents believed to be genuine.

Title

The PMI Group, each depositary and any of their agents may treat the registered owner of any depositary share as the absolute owner of that share, whether or not any payment in respect of that depositary share is overdue and despite any notice to the contrary, for any purpose. See “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance”.

Resignation and Removal of Depositary

A depositary may resign at any time by issuing us a notice of resignation, and we may remove any depositary at any time by issuing it a notice of removal. Resignation or removal will take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of appointment. That successor depositary must:

 

   

be appointed within 60 days after delivery of the notice of resignation or removal;

 

   

be a bank or trust company having its principal office in the United States; and

 

   

have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.

 

23


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS WE MAY OFFER

This section outlines some of the provisions of each warrant agreement, the warrants and the warrant certificates. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the warrant agreement with respect to the warrants of any particular series. The specific terms of any series of warrants will be described in the prospectus supplement. If so described in a prospectus supplement, the terms of that series of warrants may differ from the general description of terms presented below.

We may issue warrants for the purchase of our debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares or units. Warrants may be issued independently or together with debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, depositary shares or units, and may be attached to or separate from those securities.

Warrant Agreements

Each series of warrants will be evidenced by certificates issued under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a bank that we select as warrant agent with respect to such series. The warrant agent will have its principal office in the U.S. and have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000.

Issuance in Series

The prospectus supplement relating to a series of warrants will mention the name and address of the warrant agent. The prospectus supplement will describe the terms of the series of warrants in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered, including:

 

   

the offering price;

 

   

the currency for which the warrants may be purchased;

 

   

the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each security or each principal amount of security;

 

   

the date on which the warrants and the related securities will be separately transferable;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal amount of debt securities that can be purchased upon exercise, and the price for purchasing those debt securities;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase preferred stock, common stock or depositary shares, the number of shares of preferred stock or common stock or the number of depositary shares, as the case may be, that can be purchased upon the exercise, and the price for purchasing those shares;

 

   

in the case of warrants to purchase units upon exercise, the number and type of units that can be purchased upon exercise, and the price of those units;

 

   

the dates on which the right to exercise the warrants will commence and expire;

 

   

material U.S. Federal income tax consequences of holding or exercising those warrants;

 

   

the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of those warrants; and

 

   

any other terms of the warrants.

Warrant certificates may be exchanged for new warrant certificates of different denominations, may be presented for transfer registration, and may be exercised at the warrant agent’s corporate trust office or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement. If the warrants are not separately transferable from the securities with which they were issued, this exchange may take place only if the certificates representing the related securities are also exchanged. Prior to warrant exercise, warrantholders will not have any rights as holders of the underlying securities, including the right to receive any principal, premium, interest, dividends, or payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to exercise any voting rights.

 

24


Table of Contents

Exercise of Warrants

Each warrant will entitle the holder to purchase the securities specified in the prospectus supplement at the exercise price mentioned in, or calculated as described in, the prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, warrants may be exercised at any time up to 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the expiration date mentioned in that prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, unexercised warrants will become void.

Warrants may be exercised by delivery of the warrant certificate representing the warrants to be exercised, or in the case of global securities, as described below under “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance”, by delivery of an exercise notice for those warrants, together with certain information, and payment to the warrant agent in immediately available funds, as provided in the prospectus supplement, of the required purchase amount. The information required to be delivered will be on the reverse side of the warrant certificate and in the prospectus supplement. Upon receipt of payment and the warrant certificate or exercise notice properly executed at the office indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will, in the time period the relevant warrant agreement provides, issue and deliver the securities purchasable upon such exercise. If fewer than all of the warrants represented by such warrant certificates are exercised, a new warrant certificate will be issued for the remaining amount of warrants.

If mentioned in the prospectus supplement, securities may be surrendered as all or part of the exercise price for warrants.

Antidilution Provisions

In the case of warrants to purchase common stock, the exercise price payable and the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon warrant exercise may be adjusted in certain events, including:

 

   

the issuance of a stock dividend to common stockholders or a combination, subdivision or reclassification of common stock;

 

   

the issuance of rights, warrants or options to all common and preferred stockholders entitling them to purchase common stock for an aggregate consideration per share less than the current market price per share of common stock;

 

   

any distribution to our common stockholders of evidences of our indebtedness of assets, excluding cash dividends or distributions referred to above; and

 

   

any other events mentioned in the prospectus supplement.

No adjustment in the number of shares purchasable upon warrant exercise will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% of such number. No fractional shares will be issued upon warrant exercise, but we will pay the cash value of any fractional shares otherwise issuable.

Modification

We and any warrant agent may amend any warrant agreement and the terms of the related warrants by executing a supplemental warrant agreement, without any such warrantholders’ consent, for the purpose of:

 

   

curing any ambiguity, any defective or inconsistent provision contained in the warrant agreement, or making any other corrections to the warrant agreement that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrant certificates;

 

   

evidencing the succession of another corporation to us and its assumption of our covenants contained in the warrant agreement and the warrants;

 

   

appointing a successor depository, if the warrants are issued in the form of global securities;

 

   

evidencing a successor warrant agent’s acceptance of appointment with respect to the warrants;

 

   

adding to our covenants for the warrantholders’ benefit or surrendering any right or power we have under the warrant agreement;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

issuing warrants in definitive form, if such warrants are initially issued in the form of global securities; or

 

   

amending the warrant agreement and the warrants as we deem necessary or desirable and that will not adversely affect the warrantholders’ interests in any material respect.

We and the warrant agent may also amend any warrant agreement and the related warrants by a supplemental agreement with the consent of the holders of a majority of the unexercised warrants affected by such amendment, for the purpose of adding, modifying or eliminating any of the warrant agreement’s provisions or of modifying the warrantholders’ rights. However, no such amendment that:

 

   

reduces the number or amount of securities receivable upon warrant exercise;

 

   

shortens the time period during which the warrants may be exercised;

 

   

otherwise adversely affects the exercise rights of warrantholders in any material respect; or

 

   

reduces the number of unexercised warrants the consent of holders of which is required for amending the warrant agreement or the related warrants;

may be made without the consent of each holder affected by that amendment.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

Each warrant agreement will provide that we may consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation or sell, lease, transfer or convey all or substantially all of our assets to any other corporation, provided that:

 

   

either we are the continuing corporation, or the corporation formed by or resulting from the consolidation or merger or that receives the assets is organized under U.S. law and assumes our obligations for the unexercised warrants and the performance of all covenants of the relevant warrant agreements; and

 

   

we or that successor corporation must not immediately be in default under that warrant agreement.

Enforceability of Rights by Holders of Warrants

Each warrant agent will act solely as our agent under the relevant warrant agreement and will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for any warrantholder. A single bank or trust company may act as warrant agent for more than one issue of warrants. A warrant agent will have no duty or responsibility in case we default in performing our obligations under the relevant warrant agreement or warrant, including any duty or responsibility to initiate any legal proceedings or to make any demand upon us. Any warrantholder may, without the warrant agent’s consent or consent of any other warrantholder, enforce by appropriate legal action its right to exercise that warrant.

Replacement of Warrant Certificates

We will replace any destroyed, lost, stolen or mutilated warrant certificate upon delivery to us and the relevant warrant agent of satisfactory evidence of the ownership of that warrant certificate and of its destruction, loss, theft or mutilation, and (in the case of mutilation) surrender of that warrant certificate to the relevant warrant agent, unless we have, or the warrant agent has, received notice that the warrant certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. That warrantholder will also be required to provide indemnity satisfactory to us and the relevant warrant agent before a replacement warrant certificate will be issued.

Title

The PMI Group, the warrant agents and any of their agents may treat the registered holder of any warrant certificate as the absolute owner of the warrants evidenced by that certificate for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights attaching to the warrants so requested, despite any notice to the contrary. See “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance”.

 

26


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACTS WE MAY OFFER

This section outlines some of the provisions of the stock purchase contracts, the purchase contract agreement and the pledge agreement. This information is not complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the purchase contract agreement and pledge agreement with respect to the stock purchase contracts of any particular series. The specific terms of any series of stock purchase contracts will be described in a prospectus supplement. If so described in a particular supplement, the specific terms of any series of stock purchase contracts may differ from the general description of terms presented below.

Unless otherwise specified in the prospectus supplement, we may issue stock purchase contracts, including contracts obligating holders to purchase from us and us to sell to the holders, a specified number of shares of common stock, preferred stock or depositary shares at a future date or dates. Alternatively, the stock purchase contracts may obligate us to purchase from holders, and obligate holders to sell to us, a specified or varying number of shares of common stock, preferred stock or depositary shares. The consideration per share of common stock or preferred stock or per depositary share may be fixed at the time the stock purchase contracts are issued or may be determined by a specific reference to a formula set forth in the stock purchase contracts. The stock purchase contracts may provide for settlement by delivery by or on behalf of The PMI Group of shares of common stock or preferred stock or it may provide for settlement by reference or linkage to the value, performance or trading price of our common stock, preferred stock or depositary shares. The stock purchase contracts may be issued separately or as part of stock purchase units consisting of a stock purchase contract and debt securities, preferred stock or debt obligations of third parties, including U.S. treasury securities, other stock purchase contracts or common stock, securing the holders’ obligations to purchase or sell, as the case may be, the common stock or the preferred stock under the stock purchase contracts. The stock purchase contracts may require us to make periodic payments to the holders of the stock purchase units or vice versa, and such payments may be unsecured or prefunded on some basis and may be paid on a current or on a deferred basis. The stock purchase contracts may require holders to secure their obligations thereunder in a specified manner and may provide for the prepayment of all or part of the consideration payable by holders in connection with the purchase of common stock or preferred stock pursuant to the stock purchase contracts.

The securities related to the stock purchase contracts may be pledged to a collateral agent for The PMI Group’s benefit pursuant to a pledge agreement to secure the obligations of holders of stock purchase contracts to purchase common stock, preferred stock or depositary shares under the related stock purchase contracts. The rights of holders of stock purchase contracts to the related pledged securities will be subject to The PMI Group’s security interest therein created by the pledge agreement. No holder of stock purchase contracts will be permitted to withdraw the pledged securities related to such stock purchase contracts from the pledge arrangement except upon the termination or early settlement of the related stock purchase contracts or in the event other securities, cash or property is made subject to the pledge agreement in lieu of the pledged securities, if permitted by the pledge agreement, or as otherwise provided in the pledge agreement. Subject to such security interest and the terms of the purchase contract agreement and the pledge agreement, each holder of a stock purchase contract will retain full beneficial ownership of the related pledged securities.

Except as described in the prospectus supplement, the collateral agent will, upon receipt of distributions on the pledged securities, distribute such payments to The PMI Group or the purchase contract agent, as provided in the pledge agreement. The purchase agent will in turn distribute payments it receives as provided in the purchase contract agreement.

 

27


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF UNITS WE MAY OFFER

This section outlines some of the provisions of the units and the unit agreements. This information may not be complete in all respects and is qualified entirely by reference to the unit agreement with respect to the units of any particular series. The specific terms of any series of units will be described in a prospectus supplement. If so described in a particular supplement, the specific terms of any series of units may differ from the general description of terms presented below.

We may issue units comprised of one or more debt securities, shares of common stock, shares of preferred stock, stock purchase contracts and warrants in any combination. Each unit will be issued so that the holder of the unit is also the holder of each security included in the unit. Thus, the holder of a unit will have the rights and obligations of a holder of each included security. The unit agreement under which a unit is issued may provide that the securities included in the unit may not be held or transferred separately, at any time or at any time before a specified date.

The prospectus supplement may describe:

 

   

the designation and terms of the units and of the securities comprising the units, including whether and under what circumstances those securities may be held or transferred separately;

 

   

any provisions of the governing unit agreement that differ from those described below; and

 

   

any provisions for the issuance, payment, settlement, transfer or exchange of the units or of the securities comprising the units.

The provisions described in this section, as well as those described under “Description of Debt Securities We May Offer”, “Description of Preferred Stock We May Offer”, “Description of Common Stock We May Offer”, “Description of Warrants We May Offer” and “Description of Stock Purchase Contracts We May Offer” will apply to each unit and to any debt security, preferred stock, common stock, warrant or stock purchase contract included in each unit, respectively.

Issuance in Series

We may issue units in such amounts and in as many distinct series as we wish. This section summarizes terms of the units that apply generally to all series. Most of the financial and other specific terms of your series will be described in the prospectus supplement.

Unit Agreements

We will issue the units under one or more unit agreements to be entered into between us and a bank or other financial institution, as unit agent. We may add, replace or terminate unit agents from time to time. We will identify the unit agreement under which each series of units will be issued and the unit agent under that agreement in the prospectus supplement.

The following provision will generally apply to all unit agreements unless otherwise stated in the prospectus supplement.

Enforcement of Rights

The unit agent under a unit agreement will act solely as our agent in connection with the units issued under that agreement. The unit agent will not assume any obligation or relationship of agency or trust for or with any holders of those units or of the securities comprising those units. The unit agent will not be obligated to take any action on behalf of those holders to enforce or protect their rights under the units or the included securities.

 

28


Table of Contents

Except as indicated in the next paragraph, a holder of a unit may, without the consent of the unit agent or any other holder, enforce its rights as holder under any security included in the unit, in accordance with the terms of that security and the indenture, warrant agreement or other instrument under which that security is issued. Those terms are described elsewhere in this prospectus under the sections relating to debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a unit agreement may limit or otherwise affect the ability of a holder of units issued under that agreement to enforce its rights, including any right to bring a legal action, with respect to those units or any securities, other than debt securities, that are included in those units. Limitations of this kind will be described in the prospectus supplement.

Modification Without Consent of Holders

We and the applicable unit agent may amend any unit or unit agreement without the consent of any holder:

 

   

to cure any ambiguity;

 

   

to correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent provision; or

 

   

to make any other change that we believe is necessary or desirable and will not adversely affect the interests of the affected holders in any material respect.

We do not need any approval to make changes that affect only units to be issued after the changes take effect. We may also make changes that do not adversely affect a particular unit in any material respect, even if they adversely affect other units in a material respect. In those cases, we do not need to obtain the approval of the holder of the unaffected unit; we need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of the affected units.

Modification With Consent of Holders

We may not amend any particular unit or a unit agreement with respect to any particular unit unless we obtain the consent of the holder of that unit, if the amendment would:

 

   

impair any right of the holder to exercise or enforce any right under a security included in the unit if the terms of that security require the consent of the holder to any changes that would impair the exercise or enforcement of that right; or

 

   

reduce the percentage of outstanding units or any series or class the consent of whose holders is required to amend that series or class, or the applicable unit agreement with respect to that series or class, as described below.

Any other change to a particular unit agreement and the units issued under that agreement would require the following approval:

 

   

If the change affects only the units of a particular series issued under that agreement, the change must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding units of that series; or

 

   

If the change affects the units of more than one series issued under that agreement, it must be approved by the holders of a majority of all outstanding units of all series affected by the change, with the units of all the affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

These provisions regarding changes with majority approval also apply to changes affecting any securities issued under a unit agreement, as the governing document.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

 

29


Table of Contents

Unit Agreements Will Not Be Qualified Under Trust Indenture Act

No unit agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no unit agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act. Therefore, holders of units issued under unit agreements will not have the protections of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to their units.

Title

The PMI Group, the unit agents and any of their agents may treat the registered holder of any unit certificate as an absolute owner of the units evidenced by that certificate for any purpose and as the person entitled to exercise the rights attaching to the units so requested, despite any notice to the contrary. See “Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.”

 

30


Table of Contents

LEGAL OWNERSHIP AND BOOK-ENTRY ISSUANCE

Unless otherwise mentioned in the prospectus supplement, securities will be issued in the form of one or more global certificates, or global securities, registered in the name of a depositary or its nominee. Unless otherwise mentioned in the prospectus supplement, the depositary will be The Depository Trust Company, commonly referred to as DTC. DTC has informed us that its nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly, we expect Cede & Co. to be the initial registered holder of all securities that are issued in global form. No person that acquires a beneficial interest in those securities will be entitled to receive a certificate representing that person’s interest in the securities except as mentioned below or in the prospectus supplement. Unless definitive securities are issued under the limited circumstances described below,

 

   

all references in this prospectus to actions by holders of securities issued in global form refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participants; and

 

   

all references to payments and notices to holders refer to payments and notices to DTC or Cede & Co., as the registered holder of these securities.

DTC has informed us that it is a limited purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a banking organization within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that it was created to hold securities for its participating organizations and to facilitate clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants through electronic book-entry. This eliminates the need for physical movement of certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations. Indirect access to the DTC system also is available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

Persons that are not participants or indirect participants but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in, securities may do so only through participants and indirect participants. Under a book-entry format, holders may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, as these payments will be forwarded by our designated agent to Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. DTC will forward these payments to its participants, who will then forward them to indirect participants or holders. Holders will not be recognized by the relevant registrar, transfer agent, warrant agent or unit agent as registered holders of the securities entitled to the benefits of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and/or the applicable indenture, deposit agreement, warrant agreement, purchase contract agreement or unit agreement. Beneficial owners that are not participants will be permitted to exercise their rights only indirectly through and according to the procedures of participants and, if applicable, indirect participants.

Under the rules, regulations and procedures governing DTC and its operations as currently in effect, DTC will be required to make book-entry transfers of securities among participants and to receive and transmit payments to participants. Beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from participants. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the account of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such participants.

Because DTC can act only on behalf of participants, the ability of a beneficial owner of securities issued in global form to pledge those securities to non-participants may be limited due to the unavailability of physical certificates for these securities. Beneficial owners may also be unable to sell interests in their securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that are required by law to own their securities in the form of physical certificates.

 

31


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a registered holder of any securities under its certificate of incorporation or the relevant indenture, deposit agreement, warrant agreement, purchase contract agreement or unit agreement only at the direction of one or more participants to whose accounts with DTC those securities are credited.

Unless otherwise mentioned in the prospectus supplement, a global security will be exchangeable for definitive securities registered in the names of persons other than DTC or its nominee only if:

 

   

DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for that global security or if DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act when it is required to be so registered;

 

   

We execute and deliver to the relevant registrar, transfer agent, trustee, depositary, warrant agent and/or unit agent an order complying with the requirements of our restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and amended and restated bylaws or the relevant indenture, deposit agreement, warrant agreement, purchase contract agreement and/or unit agreement that this global security shall be so exchangeable; or

 

   

there has occurred and is continuing a default in the payment of any amount due in respect of the securities or, in the case of debt securities, an event of default or an event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an event of default with respect to those debt securities.

In these circumstances, the global security will be exchangeable for securities registered in the names that DTC directs.

DTC will generally not be required to notify its participants of the availability of definitive securities. When DTC surrenders the global security and delivers instructions for re-registration, the registrar, transfer agent, trustee, depositary, warrant agent or unit agent, as the case may be, will reissue the securities as definitive securities.

Except as described above, a global security may not be transferred except as a whole to DTC or another nominee of DTC, or to a successor depositary we appoint. Except as described above, DTC may not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey any beneficial interest in a global security unless the beneficial interest is in an amount equal to an authorized denomination for those securities.

None of The PMI Group, the trustees, any registrar and transfer agent, any depositary, any warrant agent, any purchase contract agent or any unit agent, or any of their agents, will have any responsibility for any aspect of DTC’s or any participant’s records relating to, or for payments made on account of, beneficial interests in a global security, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to those beneficial interests.

 

32


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell securities to or through underwriters or dealers and may also sell securities directly to other purchasers or through agents. In addition, we may issue the securities as a dividend or distribution or in a subscription rights offering to our existing security holders. In some cases, we or dealers acting with us or on our behalf may also purchase securities and reoffer them to the public by one or more of the methods described above. The prospectus supplement will set forth the terms of the offering of such securities, including

 

   

the name or names of any underwriters, dealers or agents and the amounts of securities underwritten or purchased by each of them,

 

   

the initial public offering price of the securities and the proceeds to us and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers, and

 

   

any securities exchanges on which the securities may be listed.

Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

The securities may be distributed from time to time in one or more transactions at:

 

   

a fixed price or prices, which may be changed;

 

   

market prices prevailing at the time of sale;

 

   

prices related to the prevailing market prices; or

 

   

negotiated prices.

If underwriters are used in the sale of any securities, the securities will be acquired by the underwriters for their own account and may be resold from time to time in one or more transactions. The securities may be either offered to the public through underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters, or directly by underwriters. Generally, the underwriters’ obligations to purchase the securities will be subject to certain conditions precedent. The underwriters will be obliged to purchase all of the securities if they purchase any of the securities. In connection with the sale of securities, underwriters may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of securities for whom they may act as agents. This compensation may be in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions.

Underwriters may sell securities to or through dealers, and these dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of securities could be considered underwriters, and any discounts or commissions received by them from us and any profit on the resale of securities by them could be considered underwriting discounts and commissions, under the Securities Act.

Under agreements entered into by us for the purchase or sale of securities, these underwriters and agents may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution with respect to payments which the agents or underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. Agents and underwriters may be customers of, engage in transactions with, or perform services for us in the ordinary course of business.

If we offer securities in a subscription rights offering to our existing security holders, we may enter into a standby underwriting agreement with dealers, acting as standby underwriters. We may pay the standby underwriters a commitment fee for the securities they commit to purchase on a standby basis. If we do not enter into a standby underwriting arrangement, we may retain a dealer-manager to manage a subscription rights offering for us.

 

33


Table of Contents

If so indicated in the prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by institutional investors to purchase securities from us under contracts requiring payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which these contracts may be made include, among others:

 

   

commercial and savings banks;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

pension funds;

 

   

investment companies; and

 

   

educational and charitable institutions;

but in all cases we must approve these institutions. The obligations of any purchaser under these contracts will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the offered securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which that purchaser is subject. The underwriters and other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of these contracts.

One or more firms, referred to as “remarketing firms,” may also offer or sell the securities, if the prospectus supplement so indicates, in connection with a remarketing arrangement upon their purchase. Remarketing firms will act as principals for their own accounts or as agents for us. These remarketing firms will offer or sell the securities in accordance with a redemption or repayment pursuant to the terms of the securities. The prospectus supplement will identify any remarketing firm and the terms of its agreement, if any, with us and will describe the remarketing firm’s compensation. Remarketing firms may be deemed to be underwriters in connection with the securities they remarket. Remarketing firms may be entitled under agreements that may be entered into with us to indemnification by us against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and may be customers of, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of business.

In connection with an offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell securities in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of securities than they are required to purchase in an offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the securities while an offering is in progress.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the underwriters have repurchased securities sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short-covering transactions.

These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the securities. As a result, the price of the securities may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on an exchange or automated quotation system, if the securities are listed on that exchange or admitted for trading on that automated quotation system, or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

34


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

Available Information

We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, any amendments to those reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and through the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, on which our common stock is listed.

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC relating to the securities covered by this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information in the registration statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to a contract or other document of The PMI Group, please be aware that the reference is only a summary and that you should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the contract or other document. You may review a copy of the registration statement at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C., as well as through the SEC’s website.

Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference

The SEC’s rules allow us to incorporate by reference information into this prospectus. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document. Any information referred to in this way is considered part of this prospectus from the date we file that document. Any reports filed by us with the SEC after the date of this prospectus and before the date that the offering of the securities by means of this prospectus is terminated will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the following documents or information filed with the SEC (other than, in each case, documents or information deemed to have been furnished and not filed in accordance with SEC rules):

 

   

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K and 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the consolidated financial statements of The PMI Group, Inc. appearing therein have been superseded and are contained in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009);

 

   

Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2008, June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008;

 

   

Our Current Reports on Form 8-K and 8-K/A filed on February 11, 2008, February 26, 2008, March 17, 2008, March 18, 2008, April 30, 2008, May 12, 2008, May 20, 2008, May 30, 2008, June 3, 2008, June 17, 2008, July 22, 2008, August 7, 2008, August 15, 2008, September 2, 2008, October 27, 2008, October 28, 2008, November 3, 2008, November 25, 2008, December 4, 2008, December 22, 2008, January 27, 2009 and January 29, 2009;

 

   

The description of our Common Stock, filed in our Form 8-A dated April 5, 1995, and any amendment or report for the purpose of updating such description; and

 

   

All documents filed by us under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on or after the date of this prospectus and before the termination of this offering.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007 appearing in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009 should be read in conjunction with the documents and information that were filed with the SEC subsequent to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 and that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 

35


Table of Contents

We will provide without charge to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon his or her written or oral request, a copy of any or all documents referred to above which have been or may be incorporated by reference into this prospectus excluding exhibits to those documents unless they are specifically incorporated by reference into those documents. You can request those documents from our Vice President, Investor Relations and Corporate Capital Management and Analysis, 3003 Oak Road, Walnut Creek, California 94597, telephone (925) 658-7878.

VALIDITY OF THE SECURITIES

In connection with particular offerings of the securities in the future, and if stated in the applicable prospectus supplements, the validity of those securities may be passed upon for The PMI Group, Inc. by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, Palo Alto, California, and for any underwriters or agents by counsel named in the applicable prospectus supplement.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of The PMI Group, Inc. (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2007 appearing in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009 (including schedules appearing therein), and The PMI Group, Inc. management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 included therein, and the financial statements of PMI Mortgage Insurance Ltd and FGIC Corporation and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2007 appearing in The PMI Group, Inc.’s Annual Report (Form 10-K and 10-K/A, respectively), have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements, management’s assessment, financial statements of PMI Mortgage Insurance Ltd and the financial statements of FGIC Corporation and Subsidiaries are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

The PMI Group, Inc.

$200,000,000     % Convertible Senior Notes due 2020

  

 

Prospectus Supplement

April     , 2010

 

 

 

Credit Suisse   BofA Merrill Lynch

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC